Month: July 2011
Afghanistan and the Soviet Withdrawal 1989 20 Years Later
Alexander Lyakhovsky
Washington D.C., July 31st 2011 – Twenty years ago today, the commander of the Soviet Limited Contingent in Afghanistan Boris Gromov crossed the Termez Bridge out of Afghanistan, thus marking the end of the Soviet war which lasted almost ten years and cost tens of thousands of Soviet and Afghan lives.
As a tribute and memorial to the late Russian historian, General Alexander Antonovich Lyakhovsky, the National Security Archive today posted on the Web (www.nsarchive.org) a series of previously secret Soviet documents including Politburo and diary notes published here in English for the first time. The documents suggest that the Soviet decision to withdraw occurred as early as 1985, but the process of implementing that decision was excruciatingly slow, in part because the Soviet-backed Afghan regime was never able to achieve the necessary domestic support and legitimacy – a key problem even today for the current U.S. and NATO-supported government in Kabul.
The Soviet documents show that ending the war in Afghanistan, which Soviet general secretary Mikhail Gorbachev called “the bleeding wound,” was among his highest priorities from the moment he assumed power in 1985 – a point he made clear to then-Afghan Communist leader Babrak Karmal in their first conversation on March 14, 1985. Already in 1985, according to the documents, the Soviet Politburo was discussing ways of disengaging from Afghanistan, and actually reached the decision in principle on October 17, 1985.
But the road from Gorbachev’s decision to the actual withdrawal was long and painful. The documents show the Soviet leaders did not come up with an actual timetable until the fall of 1987. Gorbachev made the public announcement on February 8, 1988, and the first troops started coming out in May 1988, with complete withdrawal on February 15, 1989. Gorbachev himself, in his recent book (Mikhail Gorbachev, Ponyat’ perestroiku … Pochemu eto vazhno seichas. (Moscow: Alpina Books 2006)), cites at least two factors to explain why it took the reformers so long to withdraw the troops. According to Gorbachev, the Cold War frame held back the Soviet leaders from making more timely and rational moves, because of fear of the international perception that any such withdrawal would be a humiliating retreat. In addition to saving face, the Soviet leaders kept trying against all odds to ensure the existence of a stable and friendly Afghanistan with some semblance of a national reconciliation process in place before they left.
The documents detail the Soviet leadership’s preoccupation that, before withdrawal of troops could be carried out, the Afghan internal situation had to be stabilized and a new government should be able to rely on its domestic power base and a trained and equipped army able to deal with the mujahadeen opposition. The Soviets sought to secure the Afghan borders through some kind of compromise with the two other most important outside players—Pakistan, through which weapons and aid reached the opposition, and the United States, provider of the bulk of that aid. In the process of Geneva negotiations on Afghanistan, which were initiated by the United Nations in 1982, the United States, in the view of the Soviet reformers, was dragging its feet, unwilling to stop arms supplies to the rebels and hoping and planning for the fall of the pro-Soviet Najibullah regime after the Soviet withdrawal.
Internally, the People’s Democratic Party of Afghanistan did everything possible to prevent or slow down the Soviet withdrawal, putting pressure on the Soviet military and government representatives to expand military operations against the rebels.
Persistent pleading on the part of Najibullah government as late as January 1989 created an uncharacteristic split in the Soviet leadership, with Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze suggesting that the withdrawal should be slowed down or some forces should remain to help protect the regime, while the military leadership argued strongly in favor of a complete and decisive withdrawal.
According to the American record, Shevardnadze had already informed Secretary of State George Shultz as early as September 1987 of the specific timetable for withdrawal. But many senior officials did not believe the Soviet assurances; in fact, deputy CIA director Robert Gates famously bet a State Department diplomat on New Year’s Eve 1987 that Gorbachev would make no withdrawal announcement until after the end of the Reagan administration. Gates believed the Chinese saying about the Soviet appetite for territory: “What the bear has eaten, he never spits out” – and only in his memoirs did he admit he was making “an intelligence forecast based on fortune cookie wisdom.” (Robert Gates, From the Shadows: The Ultimate Insider’s Story of Five Presidents and How They Won the Cold War (New York: Simon&Shuster, 1996, pp. 430-431). Of course, Gates’ hardline views on Gorbachev would take over U.S. policy as the George H.W. Bush administration came into office in January 1989.
By this time, however, the Soviet leaders well realized that the goal of building socialism in Afghanistan was illusory; and at the same time the goal of securing the southern borders of the Soviet Union seemed to be still within reach with the policy of national reconciliation of the Najibullah government. So the troops came out completely by February 15, 1989. Soon after the Soviet withdrawal, however, both superpowers seemed to lose interest in what had been so recently the hottest spot of the Cold War.
Najibullah would outlast Gorbachev’s tenure in the Kremlin, but not by much: Within three years Najibullah would be removed from power and brutally murdered, and Afghanistan would plunge into the darkness of civil war and the coming to power of the Taliban. Twenty years later, the other superpower and its Cold War alliance are fighting a war in Afghanistan against forces of darkness that were born among the fundamentalist parts of mujahadeen resistance to the Soviet occupation. In such a context, the language and the dilemmas in these 20-year-old documents still provide some resonance today.
This posting is also a tribute to and a commemoration of one of our long-standing partners in the pursuit of opening secrets and writing the new truly international history of the Cold War. General Alexander Lyakhovsky passed away from a heart attack while standing on a Moscow Metro platform on February 3, 2009, less than two weeks before the 20th anniversary of the end of the war in which he served as an officer, and which he studied for many years as a scholar. He is survived by his wife Tatyana and their children Vladimir and Galina.
The National Security Archive mourns the passing of our dear friend and partner, Alexander Antonovich. It is fitting and proper that here we express our deepest appreciation for his remarkable knowledge, his scholarly and personal integrity, and his generosity both in expertise and the documents that he always shared with us, while he educated us and the world. His memory lives on in all of us who ever read his work, heard him speak, or best of all, listened to him sing the sad songs of the Afghan war.
— Svetlana Savranskaya, director of Russia programs, Thomas Blanton, executive director, National Security Archive, and Malcolm Byrne, Deputy Director, National Security Archive.
Documents:
Document 1. Memorandum of Mikhail Gorbachev’s Conversation with Babrak Karmal, March 14, 1985
In his first conversation with the leader of Afghanistan, who was installed by the Soviet troops in December of 1979, Gorbachev underscored two main points: first that “the Soviet troops cannot stay in Afghanistan forever,” and second, that the Afghan revolution was presently in its “national-democratic” stage, whereas its socialist stage was only “a course of the future.” He also encouraged the Afghan leader to expand the base of the regime to unite all the “progressive forces.” In no uncertain terms, Karmal was told that the Soviet troops would be leaving soon and that his government would have to rely on its own forces.
Document 2. Anatoly Chernyaev Diary, April 4, 1985
Chernyaev reflects on the “torrent of letters” about Afghanistan received recently by the Central Committee and the Pravda newspaper. They reflect the growing dissatisfaction of the population with the drawn-out war and the consensus that the troops should be withdrawn.
Document 3 Anatoly Chernyaev Diary, October 17, 1985.
At the Politburo session of October 17, 1985, General Secretary Gorbachev proposed to make a final decision on Afghanistan and quoted from citizens’ letters regarding the dissatisfaction in the country with the Soviet actions in Afghanistan. He also described his meeting with Babrak Karmal during which Gorbachev told the Afghan leader: “we will help you, but with arms only, not troops.”Chernyaev noted Gorbachev’s negative reaction to the assessment of the situation given by Defense Minister Marshal Sergey Sokolov.
Document 4. Politburo Session, June 26, 1986.
The Politburo discusses the first results of Najibullah’s policy of national reconciliation. Gorbachev emphasizes that the decision to withdraw the troops is firm, but that the United States seems to be a problem as far as the national reconciliation is concerned. He proposes early withdrawals of portions of troops to give the process a boost, and proposes to “pull the USA and Pakistan by their tail” to encourage them to participate in it more actively.
Document 5 Politburo Session, November 13, 1986.
The first detailed Politburo discussion of the process and difficulties of the withdrawal of the Soviet troops from Afghanistan, which included the testimony of Marshal Sergei Akhromeev.
Document 6 Politburo Session, January 21, 1987
The Politburo discusses the results of Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze and Head of the Central Committee International Department Anatoly Dobrynin’s trip to Afghanistan. Shevardnadze’s report is very blunt and pessimistic about the war and the internal situation. The main concern of the Politburo is how to end the war but save face and ensure a friendly and neutral Afghanistan.
Document 7 Politburo Session, February 23, 1987
Gorbachev talks about the need to withdraw while engaging the United States and Pakistan in negotiations on the final settlement. He is willing to meet with the Pakistani leader Zia ul Khaq, and maybe even offer him some payoff. The Soviet leader also shows concern about the Soviet reputation among non-aligned countries and national liberation movements.
Document 8 Politburo Session, February 26, 1987
In his remarks to the Politburo, General Secretary returns to the issue of the need to withdraw Soviet troops from Afghanistan several times. He emphasizes the need to withdraw the troops, and at the same time struggles with the explanation for the withdrawal, noting that “we not going to open up the discussion about who is to blame now.” Gromyko admits that it was a mistake to introduce the troops, but notes that it was done after 11 requests from the Afghan government.
Document 9 Colonel Tsagolov Letter to USSR Minister of Defense Dmitry Yazov on the Situation in Afghanistan, August 13, 1987
Criticism of the Soviet policy of national reconciliation in Afghanistan and analysis of general failures of the Soviet military mission there are presented in Colonel Tsagolov’s letter to USSR Defense Minister Dmitry Yazov of August 13, 1987. This letter represents the first open criticism of the Afghan war from within the military establishment. Colonel Tsagolov paid for his attempt to make his criticism public in his interview with Soviet influential progressive magazine “Ogonek” by his career—he was expelled from the Army in 1988.
Document 10 CC CPSU Letter on Afghanistan, May 10, 1988
On May 10, 1988, the Central Committee of the Communist Party of the USSR issued a “closed” (internal use) letter to all Communist Party members of the Soviet Union on the issue of withdrawal of troops from Afghanistan. The letter presents the Central Committee analysis of events in Afghanistan and Soviet actions in that country, the problems and the difficulties the Soviet troops had to face in carrying out their mission. In particular, the letter stated that important historic and ethnic factors were overlooked when the decisions on Afghanistan were made in the Soviet Union. The letter analyzes Soviet interests in Afghanistan and the reasons for the withdrawal of troops.
Document 11 Politburo Session January 24, 1989
This Politburo session deals with the issue of the completion of the withdrawal and the post-war Soviet role in Afghanistan, as well as possible future development of the situation there. The discussion shows the split among the Soviet leadership with Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze arguing for leaving some personnel behind to help protect the Najibullah regime or delaying the full withdrawal.
Document 12 Excerpt from Alexander Lyakhovsky and Vyacheslav Nekrasov, Grazhdanin, Politik, Voin: Pamyati Shakha Masuda (Citizen, Politician, Fighter: In Memory of Shah Masoud), (Moscow, 2007), pp. 202-205
Document 13 Excerpt from Statement of the Soviet Military Command in Afghanistan on the Withdrawal of Soviet Troops, February 14, 1989
On April 7, 1988, USSR Defense Minister signed an order on withdrawal of troops from Afghanistan. In February 1989, the Defense Ministry prepared a statement of the Soviet Military Command in Afghanistan on the issue of withdrawal of troops, which was delivered to the Head of the UN Mission in Afghanistan on February 14, 1989—the day when the last Soviet soldier left Afghanistan. The statement gave an overview of Soviet-Afghan relations before 1979, Soviet interpretation of the reasons for providing internationalist assistance to Afghanistan, and sending troops there after the repeated requests of the Afghan government. It criticized the U.S. role in arming the opposition in disregard of the Geneva agreements, and thus destabilizing the situation in the country. In an important acknowledgement that the Vietnam metaphor was used to analyze Soviet actions in Afghanistan, they military explicitly referred to “unfair and absurd” comparisons between the American actions in Vietnam and the presence of Soviet troops in Afghanistan.
Document 14. Official Chronology of the Soviet withdrawal from Afghanistan with quotes from documents from the Archive of the Gorbachev Foundation, Moscow.
Books By Alexander Lyakhovsky
Grazhdanin,Politik,Voin, Plamya Afgana and Zacharovannye svobodoj
CONFIDENTIAL: Lords of the Narco-Coast: Part II – Community Reaction
VZCZCXRO2713 RR RUEHAO RUEHCD RUEHGD RUEHHO RUEHMC RUEHNG RUEHNL RUEHRD RUEHRS RUEHTM DE RUEHMU #0013/01 0071743 ZNY CCCCC ZZH R 071743Z JAN 10 FM AMEMBASSY MANAGUA TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC 0368 INFO WESTERN HEMISPHERIC AFFAIRS DIPL POSTS RHEFDIA/DIA WASHINGTON DC RHEFHLC/DEPT OF HOMELAND SECURITY WASHINGTON DC RHEHAAA/NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL WASHINGTON DC RHMFISS/DEPT OF JUSTICE WASHINGTON DC RHMFISS/HQ USSOUTHCOM MIAMI FL RUCPDOC/DEPT OF COMMERCE WASHINGTON DC RUEABND/DEA HQS WASHINGTON DC RUEAIIA/CIA WASHINGTON DC RUEHC/DEPT OF LABOR WASHINGTON DC RUEHC/USAID WASHDC 0004 C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 04 MANAGUA 000013 SIPDIS AMEMBASSY BRIDGETOWN PASS TO AMEMBASSY GRENADA AMEMBASSY OTTAWA PASS TO AMCONSUL QUEBEC AMEMBASSY BRASILIA PASS TO AMCONSUL RECIFE E.O. 12958: DECL: 2020/01/07 TAGS: SNAR SOCI ASEC PGOV PHUM PREL KCOR NU SUBJECT: Lords of the Narco-Coast: Part II - Community Reaction Divided, FSLN Blames U.S. for Crisis REF: A) 2009 MANAGUA 1149 (LORDS OF NARCO-COAST PART I) B) 2009 MANAGUA 1051 (PRIMER ON MISKITO INDEPENDENCE MOVEMENT) C) 2009 MANAGUA 1047 (MISKITO INDEPENDENCE RALLY TURNS DEADLY) D) 2008 MANAGUA 1517 AND PREVIOUS (FRAUD IN RAAN ELECTIONS) E) 2008 MANAGUA 419 AND PREVIOUS (GON SUSPENDS RAAN MUNICIPAL ELECTIONS) CLASSIFIED BY: Robert J. Callahan, Ambassador; REASON: 1.4(A), (B), (D) SUMMARY ¶1. (C): On December 8, after a plane laden with cocaine and cash crash-landed in the remote, small village of Walpa Siksa in the North Atlantic Autonomous Region (RAAN), a deadly confrontation took place between Nicaraguan anti-drug units and drug smugglers allied with some number of local residents. This message is the second in a series that reports on the Walpa Siksa incident and its immediate aftermath, and explores what these events have revealed about the actual state of organized trafficking operations in Nicaragua's Atlantic Coast. ¶2. (C) In the aftermath of the incident, public reactions have been divided. Some regional politicians and leaders of the indigenous Yatama political party have called the incident and subsequent government operations in the region a new "Red Christmas Massacre" - a reference to the Sandinistas' deadly attacks on indigenous Miskitos in the 1980s, assertions the military contests are false. Religious leaders have denounced these same political leaders for turning a blind eye to the increased drug activity. Former Vice President (and ex-Sandinista), Sergio Ramirez, has decried the presence of trafficking organizations as a national security threat, while a senior current FSLN official accused the United States, specifically the CIA, of "promoting" the drug trade to destabilize the country. Underneath all lies a subtext of the perennial rivalry and racial conflict between Nicaragua's Pacific (Hispanic) and Atlantic (Afro-Caribbean and Amerindian) cultures. Yet, also through the dissonance, the Walpa Siksa incident and its aftermath seem to indicate stronger linkages between drug smugglers and local communities in Nicaragua's Atlantic region than previously believed. END SUMMARY REGIONAL POLITICIANS BLAME THE MILITARY - SEEK A NEW CRISIS ¶3. (C) The Walpa Siksa village, where the December 8 incident occurred, is in a region historically controlled by Yatama; the regional, indigenous Miskito political party. Much of Yatama's leadership itself has been co-opted by the ruling Sandinista Party (REF D) over the last few years. Even so, regional politicians and several Yatama leaders have taken to the airwaves, primarily on their new Yatama radio station (reportedly funded by the government), to condemn the Nicaraguan military for its continuing operations in the vicinity of Walpa Siksa and Prinzapolka. These leaders, including Brooklyn Rivera, a Yatama National Assembly Deputy; Reynoldo Francis, Governor of the North Atlantic Autonomous Region (RAAN); Roberto Wilson, the RAAN Vice Governor; and Elizabeth Enriquez Francis, former mayor of RAAN capital Bilwi (and ex-wife of Governor Francis), have used Miskito-language radio broadcasts from the new station to claim that the Nicaraguan anti-drug unit had violated human rights in pursuing its investigation and by detaining suspects from Walpa Siksa. These leaders vehemently denied that these coastal communities support, house and abet drug smugglers, as had been charged by some critics. Rivera told national media that "the soldiers are all from the Pacific coast. There has been racism, robberies and looting of indigenous people's homes." Other Miskito leaders claim that the soldiers have killed livestock and stolen food donated to the community by the World Food Program. ¶4. (C) Rivera, Francis, Wilson, and Enriquez have all called for and even led several protests against police and navy forces stationed in Bilwi, creating a new crisis in the region. They have denounced the "human rights violations" by the anti-drug unit against the "innocent" indigenous people and claim that the military "occupation" of Walpa Siksa is rife with abuses. This racially-charged agitation led some in the Miskito community to set up illegal road blocks at the town of Sinsin, preventing traffic on the only road between Bilwi and Managua. There were also attempts to take over the Bilwi International Airport and the capital's main wharf. These Yatama leaders and radicalized supporters have demanded that the Navy cease all operations on the Atlantic Coast, withdraw from the region, and immediately release the roughly two dozen suspects detained in Walpa Siksa and Prinzapolka. (see SEPTEL). Rivera also told reporters that the Walpa Siksa community elders had decided to abandon their community if the military did not depart or carried out its plan to establish a permanent presence in the area. MORAVIAN CHURCH LEADER CONDEMNS GOVERNMENT COLLUSION ¶5. (U) The Moravian Church is the largest denomination on the Atlantic Coast and a large majority of indigenous Miskitos belong to it, making the church the moral authority in the region; even more so than the Catholic Church. On Friday, December 13, Moravian Church Superintendant Cora Antonio issued a grave statement against the local Walpa Siksa community leaders, police officials and military officials in the Atlantic, whom she claimed knew about the narco-trafficking base in Walpa Siksa, but took no action until the recent plane crash. Antonio, who will finish her two-year term in January 2010, complained that drug smugglers had established their networks unchallenged by the GON and exploited the extreme poverty on the Coast. She also claimed that elected officials, including Francis, Wilson, and Lidia Coleman, the mayor of nearby Prinzapolka, as well as police and military authorities, "knew from the beginning of the installation of this narco-traffickers' base, but never did anything about it." She also stated that in certain Caribbean communities the narco-traffickers exercised the highest authority, above that of the community judge, the village elders, even the pastor or "sindico," and that they frequently commanded the "last word" on community decisions. Antonio also said the Moravian Church had recently removed a reverend from the Walpa Siksa village out of fear that he would be physically attacked for preaching against drugs from the pulpit. WIHTA TARA ALSO SAYS MILITARY SHOULD LEAVE ¶6. (U) Other non-FSLN-aligned indigenous leaders took aim at the President Ortega and at the military's recent actions. The Wihta Tara of the Miskito Nation, aka the Rev. Hector Williams, who denounced the Managua government and called for Miskito independence, told the media that Columbian drug traffickers had already left, so the military should leave as well. NOTE: The Wihta Tara (Miskito for "great judge"), was elected by the Council of Elders of the Miskito Nation and leads Miskito separatist movement that mounted protests which were violently suppressed this past October (REF E) END NOTE. Williams stated that "the army is after the money that they think is hidden in the community." Building on the racial inequality theme, another separatist leader, Steady Alvarado, publicly questioned why the military felt it could take actions in the indigenous communities that it would never attempt on the Pacific Coast. The Miskito Council of Elders itself issued a statement on December 12 blaming President Ortega directly for the "tortures, persecutions and death of our community members in Walpa Siksa." It also accused Ortega of being "incapable of neutralizing" drug trafficking activity on the Atlantic Coast, and for again "bearing a grudge" against the Coastal peoples, "like he did during the Navidad Roja (Red Christmas Massacre)." NOTE: The Red Christmas Massacre occurred in 1981, when Sandinista military operations in the Atlantic Coast killed dozens and forcibly relocated hundreds of Miskitos thought to be collaborating with the Contras. END NOTE. ARMY CHIEF DENIES RIGHTS VIOLATIONS - YIELD "NOT ONE INCH TO NARCOS" ¶7. (U) General Omar Halleslevens, Commander of the Nicaraguan military, told reporters that the Army would not leave Walpa Siksa, nor would it stop searching neighboring communities for drug traffickers. He insisted that the Army would remain and would take appropriate measures to protect the area from again becoming a haven for drug trafficking. Halleslevens denied accusations that the military had violated human rights, saying "our line has been from the very beginning to respect life, human rights, private property and the law ... as we are completing our duty to support the police in applying the law." He further declared that the military would "not give a rock, nor even an inch of the national territory, to narco-traffickers" and called on government institutions and the population to support law enforcement in its fight. NOTE: Thus far, Post has no/no credible evidence of human rights violations by law enforcement related to this operation. We continue to monitor the situation closely and will report relevant developments if they occur. END NOTE. FORMER FSLN VICE PRESIDENT CONDEMNS NARCOS, BLAMES GOVERNMENT ¶8. (U) Adding to the chorus of concern about the absentee national government was author and former Nicaraguan/FSLN vice president, Sergio Ramirez, who said in an op-ed that the strong narco-traffickers presence on the Caribbean Coast threatened Nicaragua's sovereignty and territorial integrity. He believed that the "narco-traffickers will promote the separation of the Caribbean Coast (REF E) and already have the social base to do it" because of the significant resources drug smugglers enjoy and the rampant political corruption in the region. Ramirez also said the confrontation between the anti-drug units and the Walpa Siksa community demonstrated that criminal organizations had achieved enormous influence on the Atlantic Coast while the "government does not do anything to stop the problem." FSLN LEADER BLAMES THE U.S., CIA FOR THE CRISIS, MAY CANCEL ELECTIONS ¶9. (U) In contrast, during December 16 interviews, Steadman Fagoth, a Miskito indigenous leader, former Contra commander, and now ardent Ortega supporter, told FSLN-controlled media that United States had created the Walpa Siksa crisis. Fagoth, who is also president of the Government's Fishing Authority (INPESCA), spoke to Multinoticias Channel 4, owned and operated by the Ortega-Murillo family, and to "El 19," the official on-line newspaper of the Sandinista Government. He claimed that the United States, through the CIA, was trying to provoke an uprising in the Atlantic Coast against the government by supporting narco-criminals. He added that Alberto Luis Cano, the fugitive Colombian drug leader and passenger of the crashed drug airplane (see SEPTEL-Part I) had been hired by the CIA to promote an uprising among the native population, by playing on the racial animosity between Nicaragua's Pacific and Atlantic populations. Perhaps Fagoth's most troubling comment was that because of the current unrest, the government might delay regional elections scheduled for March 2010. COMMENT ¶10. (C) In the cacophony following the Walpa Siksa incident, statements of FSLN official Steadman Fagoth are perhaps the most politically ominous. Fagoth is a regular proxy for Ortega's Atlantic policy. His remarks frequently represent test balloons for how Ortega perceives the situation and how the President seeks to position himself against any fallout. Fagoth's anti-U.S. accusations are outrageous, but not unexpected -- that the United States and CIA employed a drug trafficker to created this crisis, destabilize the region and overthrow the government. He made similar accusations about the United States and CIA when the Wihta Tara announced the separatist movement several months ago. In 2008, the GON delayed RAAN municipal elections (REF E) on dubious grounds. Thus Fagoth's comment about delaying the March 2010 regional elections may indicate Ortega's true intent: freeze everyone in place. ¶11. (C) The Walpa Siksa incident and its aftermath aggravated underlying tensions and divisions that persist in the Atlantic, and may have exposed new evidence about the nature and extend of narco-trafficking activity. Serious concerns about threats to national security and sovereignty have been raised by critics of the government. Some community leaders, such as Moravian Superintendent Cora Antonio, have spoken out about what they see as rampant drug corruption and political collusion by RAAN political leaders. We find it odd that these same political leaders, such as Rivera, Francis, Wilson and Enriquez agitated against military counter-drug operations, and virtually denied the existence of any narco-trafficking activity. At a minimum, their efforts to fan latent racial resentments seem self-serving re-election efforts in the run-up to regional elections. For its part, the military denies any human rights abuses in this, its largest anti-drug land operation in the Caribbean in years. In a subsequent message we will provide more detail about the figures caught up in the Walpa Siksa incident and outline some of the networks and relationships that we believe traffickers may have been able to establish. CALLAHAN
CONFIDENTIAL: Lords of the Narco-Coast: Part I – Deadly Confrontation
VZCZCXRO2201 RR RUEHAO RUEHCD RUEHGD RUEHHO RUEHMC RUEHNG RUEHNL RUEHRD RUEHRS RUEHTM DE RUEHMU #1149/01 3552241 ZNY CCCCC ZZH R 212241Z DEC 09 FM AMEMBASSY MANAGUA TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC 0312 INFO WESTERN HEMISPHERIC AFFAIRS DIPL POSTS RHEFDIA/DIA WASHINGTON DC RHEFHLC/DEPT OF HOMELAND SECURITY WASHINGTON DC RHEHAAA/NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL WASHINGTON DC RHMFISS/DEPT OF JUSTICE WASHINGTON DC RHMFISS/HQ USSOUTHCOM MIAMI FL RUCPDOC/DEPT OF COMMERCE WASHINGTON DC RUEABND/DEA HQS WASHINGTON DC RUEAIIA/CIA WASHINGTON DC RUEHC/DEPT OF LABOR WASHINGTON DC RUEHC/USAID WASHDC 0001 C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 03 MANAGUA 001149 SIPDIS AMEMBASSY BRIDGETOWN PASS TO AMEMBASSY GRENADA AMEMBASSY OTTAWA PASS TO AMCONSUL QUEBEC AMEMBASSY BRASILIA PASS TO AMCONSUL RECIFE E.O. 12958: DECL: 2019/12/21 TAGS: SNAR SOCI PGOV PHUM PREL KCOR ASEC NU SUBJECT: Lords of the Narco-Coast: Part I - Deadly Confrontation at Walpa Siksa REF: MANAGUA 1051 (MOSQUITO COAST INDEPENDENCE) CLASSIFIED BY: Robert J. Callahan, Ambassador, State, Embassy Managua; REASON: 1.4(A), (B), (D) ¶1. (C) SUMMARY: On December 8, after a plane laden with cocaine and cash crash landed in the remote, small village of Walpa Siksa in the North Atlantic Autonomous Region (RAAN), a deadly confrontation took place between Nicaraguan anti-drug units and drug smugglers allied with a some number of local residents. Stories of how the clash came to pass on December 8 are divergent, but the Walpa Siksa incident, the ensuing actions of regional leaders and local residents, as well as the enhanced posture of security forces seems to indicate there are stronger linkages between drug smugglers and local communities than previously believed. This message is the first in a series that reports on the Walpa Siksa incident and its immediate aftermath, and explores what these events have revealed about the actual state of organized trafficking operations in Nicaragua's Atlantic Coast. END SUMMARY WALPA SIKA: THE OFFICIAL ACCOUNT ¶2. (C) On Tuesday, December 8, a Nicaraguan anti-drug unit clashed with suspected drug traffickers, leaving two sailors dead and five other government security forces wounded. The following account of events is based on Government of Nicaragua (GON) official briefings and conversations between senior GON law enforcement/military officials and Embassy personnel. On Tuesday, December 8, a Nicaraguan anti-drug unit combined force of navy and national police traveled to the remote, small village of Walpa Siksa in the North Atlantic Autonomous Region (RAAN) to investigate reports of a plane crash linked to drug smugglers. The joint patrol arrived in the evening and was ambushed by civilians from the remote village, who were allegedly defending the drug traffickers. In the melee, two sailors were killed, and three other military personnel and one police officer were severely wounded. One villager from Walpa Siksa was also killed. On Wednesday, December 9, a joint Nicaraguan navy-army patrol returned to Walpa Siksa to detain those suspected of involvement in the ambush, only to find the community abandoned of all males. On Thursday, December 10, anti-drug forces from the Navy confronted an additional group of drug smugglers near the community of Prinzapolka, in which one suspect was killed and another wounded. Two more were detained, and the fifth suspect escaped. Subsequent missions by the anti-drug unit over several days resulted in 20 suspects arrested (18 in connection with the first clash), and confiscation of a powerboat, several guns, ammunition, small quantities of drugs and $177,960 in cash. Nicaraguan security forces have seized and are now operating out of several homes in the Walpa Siksa community that are believed to have housed drug smugglers. The military has announced plans to establish a permanent presence in the area to discourage drug traffickers from using it as a base of operations any longer. ¶3. (U) Capt. Roger Gonzalez, newly-installed chief of the Nicaraguan naval forces, told the press that "we understand there is a Colombian criminal, suspected drug trafficker, [Alberto Ruiz Cano] who has $500,000 and has armed certain area individuals, and we are searching for him." Police investigators revealed that Ruiz Cano, whose real name is Amauri Pau, was illegally issued a Nicaraguan national identity card (cedula) and owns several properties and businesses in Managua believed to be involved in money laundering (see SEPTEL). Ruiz Cano is also believed to have been on the crashed plane and is suspected of leading the December 8 attack against the anti-drug unit. Officials detained two Colombians -- Ruiz Cano's father [Fernando Melendez Paudd known as "el Patron"] and his cousin [Catalina del Carmen Ruiz] -- but neither has been willing to talk to police about Ruiz Cano or his whereabouts. Ruiz Cano's associates have hired attorney Julian Holmes Arguello to defend them. The presence of Holmes Arguello, a well-known and expensive attorney, has reinforced official suspicions about Holmes own possible drug connections. WALPA SIKSA: EYE-WITNESS ACCOUNTS -- EARLY "WHITE" CHRISTMAS OR FAILED DRUG RESCUE? ¶4. (U) The national daily newspaper El Nuevo Diario "END" (left-of-center) has provided continuous coverage of the Walpa Siksa incident, since it came to light on the evening of December 8th. According to the paper's accounts, events leading up to the deadly December 8 firefight differ somewhat from the official account. The paper's sources, who requested anonymity for fear of possible reprisals from traffickers, other residents and the government, stated that the plane crash-landed in the Walpa Siksa cemetery on Sunday, December 6 at 11 a.m. The impact killed the pilot and co-pilot instantly, and broke the plane into several pieces scattering packets of cocaine and bundles of dollars in the debris. Walpa Siksa residents quickly discovered the dead pilots and one crash survivor, to whom they gave medical attention. They were also surprised at the large quantity of cocaine the plane was carrying. According to the paper's sources, some community elders wanted to immediately contact the police and navy about the plane crash and drugs, but others argued that it would be better to divide the cash and drugs within the community and then burn the plane to hide the evidence. According to the media reports, the latter group prevailed and armed themselves with weapons (pistols, AK-47 rifles) that had been stored since the 1980's. According to the eye-witness accounts, on December 7 at 2 p.m. two boats with approximately 40 Colombian narco-traffickers, who were "armed to the teeth," arrived in Walpa Siksa to rescue the pilots and the third passenger (known as "el Jefe" or "the boss," believed to be Alberto Ruiz Cano), and to recover the plane's lost "merchandise." The Colombians spent the night of December 7 and all day December 8 trying to convince the community to return the missing drugs and cash. According to END reports, when the narco-traffickers learned that a government anti-drug unit was coming from Bilwi to investigate the plane crash, they armed the community in order to repel the Navy. As soon as the two Navy boats arrived, the narco-traffickers opened fire on the sailors, who also shot back, killing four community members [NOTE: only one death in the community has been confirmed. END NOTE]. The navy boats returned to Bilwi at 7 p.m. with their dead and wounded. On December 9, the wounded civilians from Walpa Siksa were taken to a nearby village and, by the afternoon, the Walpa Siksa village was evacuated because villagers feared reprisals by the Government. ¶5. (C) Our Embassy contacts on the ground in the RAAN have relayed an account similar to that reported in the newspaper, but that differs on some important details. According to our sources, on Friday, December 4, an airplane carrying hundreds of pounds of cocaine and sacks of cash ran out of fuel on its way to a clandestine runway in the RAAN and was forced to make an emergency landing on the beach near Walpa Siksa. The plane's pilot and two passengers, allegedly Colombians, suffered minor injuries and were sheltered by the local community. Members of the community quickly emptied the airplane of its cargo, estimated to be approximately a half-ton of cocaine separated into individual one kilo packets. Our contacts told us that word of the plane crash quickly spread throughout the coastal communities and on Saturday morning, December 5, several local merchants left Bilwi with their boats full of commercial goods and food to sell to the community with its sudden new windfall. By Saturday evening narco-trafficker "rescue boats" carrying approximately 40 Colombians and Hondurans (reportedly from Honduras and San Andres) arrived in the community to save the pilot/passengers and recover the drugs and cash. Over the ensuing three days, village elders urged by the narco "recovery team" tried to persuade the community to sell the cocaine packets back at a price of $3,000 a kilo. According to our contacts, the major sticking point was that the $3,000 price was only half the $6,000 per kilo price that locals knew they could get by taking their windfall slightly up the coast to Honduras. When one group of Walpa Siksa residents ultimately refused to sell back their stash to the narco-traffickers, they were attacked and robbed of their "windfall." This group subsequently traveled to Bilwi on the morning of Tuesday, December 8, and filed a formal complaint with the police there, which confirmed rumors of a drug-plane crash. Our contacts told us that it was this formal complaint that lead to the government dispatching the counter-drug unit to investigate at Walpa Siksa. The anti-drug unit arrived in two boats to Walpa Siksa at approximately 6 p.m. Our contacts told us that there had been no ambush when they arrived, but rather an "amicable" meeting between law enforcement and village elders. However, things turned sour after one of the Colombians from the "rescue team," who was drunk and under the impression they were under attack, shot his automatic weapon into the group of uniformed sailors, killing one and seriously wounding several other counter-drug unit members. Our contacts told us that the "ambush" story was fabricated later by authorities to account for their dead and wounded. COMMENT ¶6. (C) Walpa Siksa has obliged us to revise our views about the nature and extent of trafficking activity on the Atlantic. Previously, our assessment had been that the majority of the local indigenous Miskito villages were too xenophobic to actively support outsiders (even Nicaraguans from the Pacific side of Hispanic descent) in transporting drugs (or, frankly, any other activity) for extended periods. We had also believed that local interaction with traffickers had been intermittent, and normally took place upon the instruction or advice of a small number of corrupt political and indigenous leaders in the region. We maintain our basic assessment is still valid; however, all three versions of the Walpa Siksa incident reveal evidence that there is likely a much higher degree of cooperation and support than we previously believed between foreign drug trafficking organization and, at least, the more remote local communities of Nicaragua's Atlantic Coast. In some cases there may be persistent and pervasive relationships within an entire community. We fear that it now appears that organized criminal elements may have made major inroads within some remote coastal communities, convincing them to join forces by offering perhaps the only secure and steady employment opportunity on the Coast - maintaining drug trafficking supply routes. Nicaragua's Atlantic is a key mid-point for an increasingly busy transit corridor of South American drug shipments bound for the United States. It is also the most underdeveloped and economically backward region of the country and has been generally ignored by the current and previous central governments in Managua. This combination of political neglect, limited economic opportunity and daily shipments of drugs creates conditions for a possible "perfect storm" where Nicaragua's Atlantic Coast could degenerate into an ungoverned "Narco-Coast," with serious repercussions for Nicaragua's political stability and U.S. counternarcotics cooperation. In subsequent messages we will address reaction to Walpa Siksa by local, regional and national figures. We will also provide more detailed reporting about the key figures caught up in the Walpa Siksa incident and outline some of the networks and relationships that we believe traffickers have been able to establish. CALLAHAN
CONFIDENTIAL: BULGARIA AND THE ENERGY KNOT: SCENESETTER FOR OCT
VZCZCXRO6805 OO RUEHFL RUEHKW RUEHLA RUEHROV RUEHSR DE RUEHSF #0641/01 2761002 ZNY CCCCC ZZH O 021002Z OCT 08 FM AMEMBASSY SOFIA TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 5430 INFO RUEHZL/EUROPEAN POLITICAL COLLECTIVE PRIORITY RUCPDOC/DEPT OF COMMERCE WASHINGTON DC PRIORITY RHEBAAA/DEPT OF ENERGY WASHINGTON DC PRIORITY RUEAIIA/CIA WASHINGTON DC PRIORITY RHEHAAA/NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL WASHINGTON DC PRIORITY C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 03 SOFIA 000641 SIPDIS FOR SPECIAL ENVOY BOYDEN GRAY E.O. 12958: DECL: 09/30/2018 TAGS: ECON ENRG PGOV BU SUBJECT: BULGARIA AND THE ENERGY KNOT: SCENESETTER FOR OCT 7 VISIT OF SPE GRAY Classified By: Ambassador Nancy McEldowney for reasons 1.4. (b) and (d) . ¶1. (C) Summary: The quandary over energy facing all our European partners is particularly acute here in Bulgaria. With few hydrocarbons of its own, Bulgaria relies on Russia for seventy percent of its total energy needs and over ninety percent of its gas. Though previously a net exporter of electricity, the EU's decision to force closure of blocks 3 and 4 of the communist-era nuclear plant Kozluduy cost the Bulgarian economy over USD 1.4 billion and put a squeeze on Serbia, Macedonia and Greece, who had purchased the bulk of the exports. The hard reality of today's energy picture is that Russia is not only the dominant supplier, it is also the dominant player -- your visit here is the first by a senior U.S. energy official in a year, whereas Putin has personally engaged both the President and Prime Minister on energy issues in multiple sessions over the past ten months. But the cartoon strip portraying a passionately eager Bulgaria in bed with the muscle bound duo of Gazprom and Lukoil is only partially true -- it is a tryst driven less by passion and more by a perceived lack of options. Prime Minister Stanishev recently described Russian tactics on South Stream as blackmail and Energy Minister Dimitrov complains openly of psychological warfare. At the same time, the Bulgarians are deeply worried about the prospects for Nabucco and are convinced that Azeri gas supplies will be held up by Turkey. Their bid to hold an energy summit in the spring, the ostensible focus of your visit, is designed to catalyze greater coordination -- and negotiating leverage -- amongst transit countries while also getting the United States more actively engaged. Background on specific issues likely to arise in your discussions with President Parvanov, Prime Minister Stanishev, Foreign Minister Kalfin and Energy Minister Dimitrov follows below. End Summary. TIMING ------ ¶2. (C) Your visit to Sofia comes when Bulgaria is striving to sell itself as a European energy center. With six active or potential pipelines transiting the country, the creation of a new energy mega-holding company, and the construction of a new nuclear plant, Bulgaria is setting itself up to be an important regional energy player, despite being overly dependent on Russian energy sources. The proposal to host a major gas summit in April 2009 -- which Putin has already promised to attend -- is the latest attempt to put Bulgaria on the energy map. Your visit will guide the Bulgarians as they formulate an agenda and goals for this summit. It will also focus Bulgarian policy makers on U.S. views on Russian energy strategy and South Stream, answer growing skepticism about Nabucco's prospects, and give solid counter-arguments to those who say there is no real alternative to dependence on Russian energy. THE SUMMIT ---------- ¶3. (C) At the January 19 signing of the South Stream Intergovernmental Agreement, President Parvanov, with Putin at his side, announced Bulgaria would host an energy summit intended as a follow-on to the June 2007 Zagreb energy conference. Upon Putin's departure, Sofia fell under heavy criticism both at home and abroad for hastily joining South Stream, and the energy summit idea lost steam. Ambassador for Energy Security Peter Poptchev told us the Bulgarians resented perceived Russian pressure to hold such a summit. In July the Bulgarians independently resurrected the summit idea as a way to show Bulgarian support for Nabucco and diversification, as well to balance European, U.S. and Russian interests in the Caspian and Black Sea regions. With the potential for six pipelines passing through its territory, the Bulgarians also have high hopes to become a regional energy hub. The summit, they believe, will help put Sofia on the map not only as an energy center, but as a place that brokers discussions between the West, Russia and Eurasia. ¶4. (C) The Bulgarians requested your visit to advise on the summit. They envision a spring conference (tentatively April 24-25) that would bring together heads of state from Eurasian and European producer, transit and consumer countries. PM Stanishev told Ambassador September 19 that Putin has agreed to attend. The summit will be gas-focused and will attempt to put "real solutions" on sources, routes and quantities on the table. Well-aware of the potential for East European energy conference fatigue in the first half of 2009, the Bulgarians are proposing that all key participants, including the EU, the United States and Russia, view the proposed Hungarian, Bulgarian and Czech conferences as a linked continuum. The April Sofia conference would take care of any unfinished business left from the January Hungary Conference and the proposed Czech conference would take up where the Sofia conference leaves off. To distinguish the Bulgarian summit, Sofia is considering including an as-yet undeveloped "industry component." ¶5. (C) The Bulgarians will seek U.S. views and your advice on the proposed agenda of the summit and whether it will advance U.S. goals in the region. They want recommendations on how to coordinate the Hungarian, Bulgarian and Czech conferences and may seek advice on the proposed industry component of the Sofia summit. They are interested in, but may not ask directly about, U.S. views on whether Sofia has a future as an intermediary between Europe, the United States and Russia on energy and other issues affecting the Black Sea region. They are interested in your analysis of recent Azeri and Turkish energy moves. They will also request high level U.S. attendance at the summit. BULGARIAN ENERGY PROJECTS -------------------------- ¶6. (C) SOUTH STREAM: The Bulgarians signed the South Stream intergovernmental agreement in January and Parliament ratified the agreement in July. Negotiations between Bulgargaz and Gazprom resumed in September to work out a pre-shareholders agreement. At our recommendation, and at the direction of the Government, state-owned Bulgargaz reluctantly hired outside legal counsel (the U.S. law firm Paul Hastings) to represent it in South Stream negotiations. With the creation of a new, state-owned energy mega-holding in September, Bulgargaz has lost much of its previously-considerable independence. The acting head of the Bulgarian Energy Holding is Deputy Energy Minister Galina Tosheva, previously lead South Stream negotiator for the Bulgarian Government. Tosheva has a healthy suspicion of Russia's intentions in Bulgaria and has directed Bulgargaz to rely on its legal counsel for expert advice. Tosheva told us that Gazprom negotiators are taking a hard line now that negotiations have resumed. They are proposing to re-route gas currently transiting Bulgaria (for which Bulgartransgas makes a healthy profit) to South Stream, meaning South Stream would not represent 31 bcm of new gas for Europe, but something significantly lower. The Bulgarians state that this is contrary to the spirit of the IGA and are preparing to fight the Russian proposal. ¶7. (C) NABUCCO: Despite the strong public support they have shown Nabucco this year, the Bulgarians are turning into Nabucco-skeptics. In March, Sofia signed what it thought was an agreement for Azerbaijan to supply 1 bcm of gas that Bulgaria would eventually take as its Nabucco quota. In advance of Nabucco, Bulgaria planned to access the gas via a potential hook-up to the Turkey-Greece-Italy interconnector. Realizing now that the agreement was not, in fact, a commitment on Azerbaijan's part, the Bulgarians feel burned. The government is now in dire need of a pep talk on the Nabucco. They state firmly that both South Stream and Nabucco are critical and that one cannot be allowed to preclude the other. At the same time, they are nervous about both Azerbaijani willingness to supply Nabucco and Turkish willingness to support the project. They will be interested in your view of Nabucco's prospects. ¶8. (C) TGI HOOK-UP: The Bulgarians are in negotiations with Greece about this possible interconnector. Energy Holding CEO Tosheva said this is Bulgaria's most immediate source of diversification and energy security. The Greeks apparently are cool to the idea, saying there is insufficient gas. In response, the Bulgarians have proposed the purchase of LNG to be delivered to Greece in exchange for either TGI access or gas currently going through the export pipeline from Russia and transiting Bulgarian territory. Your Bulgarian interlocutors may ask for U.S. support for these schemes in our discussions with the Greeks and Turks. ¶9. (C) BURGAS-ALEXANDROUPOLIS (BAP) and AMBO: The Bulgarians, Russians and Greeks signed a shareholders agreement for the BAP oil pipeline in January during the Putin visit. Since then, the project company has been registered, but little more progress has been made. The Bulgarians are still confident the pipeline will be built, and seem surprisingly uninterested in the dynamics surrounding CPC expansion. With BAP's relative progress, the AMBO (Albania-Macedonia-Bulgaria) oil pipeline project has lost momentum. Still, Bulgaria remains committed to AMBO and is ready to move forward if and when AMBO attracts supply and financing. ¶10. (C) BELENE: In 2006 the GOB selected Russian AtomstroyExport as the contractor for the new Belene nuclear plant. Bulgaria is keeping majority ownership of the plant, but is in the process of selecting a strategic investor for the other 49 percent. RWE and the Belgian Electrabel are in the running. We have stated repeatedly that the choice of a Russian contractor for Belene decreased Bulgaria's bid for greater independence from Russian energy sources. The lack of transparency surrounding the tender has led to the inescapable conclusion that the decision to choose Russia as the Belene contractor was linked to the re-negotiation of Bulgaria's long-term gas transit contract with Gazprom in December 2006. YOUR MEETINGS ------------- ¶11. (C) President Parvanov began his second five-year term in 2007. Parvanov's desire to exercise behind-the-scenes influence over the government has led to tensions with his former protege, Prime Minister Sergei Stanishev. Parvanov has close ties to Russian politicians and held no less than eight meetings with Vladimir Putin in the last seven years. The energy summit will be under his aegis. --Prime Minister Sergei Stanishev is a 42-year-old progressive Socialist. He is pro-west and eager to have Bulgaria viewed as a good friend and partner of the United States. He returned September 30 from a week-long visit to the United States where he met with U/S Burns, spoke at the Harvard Business School and held an investment forum. He understands that Bulgaria is overly dependent on Russian energy sources, but sees Bulgaria as having few options for greater energy independence. --Foreign Minister Kalfin is close to both Stanishev and Parvanov and as Deputy Prime Minister oversees the Economy and Energy Ministry. He is a strong supporter of close Bulgarian-U.S. relations and is highly conversant on energy issues. --Economy and Energy Minister Petar Dimitrov is a relative new-comer to energy issues. He is largely seen as taking direction on energy matters from former Energy Minister Rumen Ovcharov, who is linked with Russian energy interests and left office in June 2007 after a corruption scandal. ¶12. (C) Your visit will also highlight, though meetings and press outreach, the need for Bulgaria to focus on a long-term energy strategy not solely based on the transit of hydrocarbons or the production of Russian-based nuclear energy, but on the development of renewables, clean coal and greater energy efficiency. Bulgaria will always be dependent on Russian energy to one extent or another. But as the most energy inefficient economy in Europe, it can make meaningful strides toward greater diversity away from Russian energy sources. With the price of energy at near record highs, Russia's hydrocarbon-generated wealth is increasingly circulating through the Bulgarian economy, making Bulgaria all the more susceptible to Russian leverage. An energy strategy that focuses on renewables and efficiency is one tool Bulgaria can use to put a noticeable dent in negative Russian influence. The other tool is transparency. Hub status in any industry is bestowed only on places which offer transparent, efficient service. To achieve its goal of becoming a true energy center, we should recommend that Bulgaria present itself not as the place with closest ties to Russia, but as the most transparent place to do energy deals. McEldowney
STRENG VERTRAULICHES DOKUMENT DER DEUTSCHEN BAHN ZUR NEUPOSITIONIERUNG
VERTRAULICHES ABLAUFKONZEPT DER LOVEPARADE 15.1.2010S
CONFIDENTIAL: VATICAN WARY OF LEFTIST LATINOS
VZCZCXRO4957 RR RUEHAO RUEHCD RUEHFL RUEHGA RUEHGD RUEHHA RUEHHO RUEHKW RUEHLA RUEHMC RUEHNG RUEHNL RUEHQU RUEHRD RUEHRG RUEHRS RUEHSR RUEHTM RUEHVC DE RUEHROV #0562/01 3571109 ZNY CCCCC ZZH R 231109Z DEC 05 FM AMEMBASSY VATICAN TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC 0207 INFO RUEHWH/WESTERN HEMISPHERIC AFFAIRS DIPL POSTS RUEHZL/EUROPEAN POLITICAL COLLECTIVE RUEHROV/AMEMBASSY VATICAN 0232 TAGS: PGOV PHUM KIRF PREL VT MX VE C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 VATICAN 000562 SIPDIS SIPDIS DEPT FOR EUR/WE LARREA E.O. 12958: DECL: 12/23/2015 TAGS: PGOV PHUM KIRF PREL VT MX VE SUBJECT: VATICAN WARY OF LEFTIST LATINOS REF: A. REFS: A) LARREA-MARTIN EMAIL; B) CARACAS 3757; C) VATICAN 551 ET AL.; D) VATICAN 552 ¶B. A) LARREA - MARTIN 12/9 EMAIL; B) CARACAS 3757; C) VATICAN 551 ET AL.; D) VATICAN 552 VATICAN 00000562 001.2 OF 002 CLASSIFIED BY: Peter Martin, Pol/Econ Chief, Vatican, State. REASON: 1.4 (b), (d) ----------- Summary ----------- ¶1. (C) The Ambassador shared ref (a) points on Venezuela's nefarious influence in the region with Holy See internal affairs chief (Vatican number three) Archbishop Leonardo Sandri December ¶17. Some points were news to Sandri, but he was not surprised and said he shared U.S. concerns about Chavez and other leftist leaders in Latin America. An interlocutor from the Vatican MFA as well told the Ambassador that he and his superiors were wary of connections among these leaders. Neither prelate thought the Vatican would become more aggressive in speaking out against these figures, both because of recent history and the potential for a backlash against the Church. The Ambassador will see FM Lajolo after the holidays to continue this dialogue. End Summary. ------------------------------- Sandri Under No Illusions ------------------------------- ¶2. (C) The Ambassador met with Archbishop Leonardo Sandri December 17 for a wide-ranging conversation on the Church in Latin America. Sandri, an Argentine and former nuncio to Venezuela, is the chief of Vatican internal operations and generally regarded as the Holy See's number three behind the pope and Secretary of State. Ambassador discussed ref (a) points, emphasizing the danger Chavez poses to the governments around him. Sandri was aware of some points, but others came as news to him. In any case, he was not surprised. Sandri said he was convinced that Chavez was dangerous from the time he took office and Sandri was stationed in Caracas. The archbishop said he had taken a harder line than the U.S. Embassy at the time, who told him to "wait and see" what Chavez did in office. ------------------------- Holy See Concerned ------------------------- ¶3. (C) According to Sandri, who said he knew the pope's thinking on the subject, the Holy See is concerned about a general leftward shift in Latin America. He mentioned concerns about several figures who seemed to be looking to Castro and Chavez, including Mexico's Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador. Holy See MFA Country Director for the U.S. and Mexico Monsignor Paolo Gualtieri told the Ambassador in a separate meeting December 15 that his superiors in the MFA were of a similar mindset. They see the connections between Chavez, Castro, and other leftist politicians in Latin America, and are concerned about the dangers they present on many levels. --------------- What to Do? --------------- ¶4. (C) While the Vatican agrees that these figures are dangerous, it sees the question of how to deal with them as more complicated. The Ambassador's conversation with Sandri tracked closely with the description of the pope's concern on Venezuela noted in ref (b). However, Sandri stuck to the previous Vatican line on engagement there; he did not see the Holy See changing its non-confrontational approach to Chavez given the recent history between Venezuela and the Holy See (ref c). He responded favorably to the idea that direct aid from the U.S. Catholic Church to the Venezuelan Church to help the latter build up its social programs could help counteract Chavez's appeal and blunt his attacks on the Church. Gualtieri noted that in the case of someone like Lopez Obrador, the Church had to be careful not to overstep its bounds into politics, no matter how it felt. He said Masonic groups and some segments of Mexican society were ready to pounce on bishops or clergy who strayed into the political realm (ref d). ------------ Comment ----------- ¶5. (C) The Holy See continues to feel that a non-confrontational approach to Chavez is the right strategy for the time being, but the Vatican hierarchy is under no illusions about the danger of Chavez and kindred souls - and the connections between them. Sandri has great influence in the Vatican and as a former nuncio to Venezuela his views on that country carry particular weight. But his formal competency is the internal affairs of the Church. The Ambassador will see Gualtieri's boss, FM Lajolo, after the holidays to continue this dialogue, as Lajolo has the lead on all questions of foreign policy. ROONEY
CONFIDENTIAL: VENEZUELAN GOVERNMENT IGNORES USG OVERTURES ON AVIATION
VZCZCXRO8319 PP RUEHAO RUEHCD RUEHGA RUEHGD RUEHHA RUEHHO RUEHMC RUEHMT RUEHNG RUEHNL RUEHQU RUEHRD RUEHRG RUEHRS RUEHTM RUEHVC DE RUEHCV #0269/01 0621545 ZNY CCCCC ZZH P 031545Z MAR 09 FM AMEMBASSY CARACAS TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC PRIORITY 2674 INFO RUEHWH/WESTERN HEMISPHERIC AFFAIRS DIPL POSTS RUEAHLC/DHS WASHDC RULSDMK/DEPT OF TRANSPORTATION RUEABND/DEA HQ WASHINGTON DC RUCPDOC/DEPT OF COMMERCE RUEATRS/DEPT OF TREASURY RUMIAAA/HQ USSOUTHCOM MIAMI FL C O N F 1 D E N TIA L SECTION 01 OF 02 CARACAS 000269 SIPDIS HQ SOUTHCOM ALSO FOR POLAD TREASURY FOR MMALLOY COMMERCE FOR 4431/MAC/WH/JLAO E.O. 12958: DECL: 02/28/2019 TAGS: ECON PGOV PREL ETRD EINV EAIR VE SUBJECT: VENEZUELAN GOVERNMENT IGNORES USG OVERTURES ON AVIATION REF: 2008 CARACAS 647 CARACAS 00000269 001.2 OF 002 Classified By: Economic Counselor Damall Steuart for reasons 1.4 (b)and(d). ¶1. (C) SUMMARY: A Venezuelan private sector organization advocated strongly for the Venezuelan civil aviation authority (INAC) to support the issuance of visas for F AA inspectors and to meet with the Embassy to discuss visa matters. The Venezuelan govemment (GBRV) has not acceded to either request. While five intemational airlines recent1y received a disbursement of dollars from Venezuelan exchange control agency (CADIVI), no US carriers were inc1uded. Charge Caulfield's request to meet with CAD IVI to discuss US company requests for dollars has also gone unanswered. END SUMMARY. LOCAL SUPPORT FOR THE USG HAS NOT BUDGED THE GBRV ¶2. (C) XXXXXXXXXXXX told Econoffs in January that INAC wanted a solution to its US visa issues with an emphasis on obtaining visas for Venezuelan military pilots. On February 11, the AlDCM called INAC and offered to discuss visa matters with INAC President Jose Martinez. Although XXXXXXXXXXXX met with Martinez and encouraged him to meet with the AlDCM, INAC has yet to respond to the Embassy's offer. ¶3. (C) XXXXXXXXXXXX was also a strong proponent of an FAA visit. Two of Venezuela's three FAA-certified aircraft maintenance facilities have lost their certifications as F AA inspectors have been unable to obtain visas. The third facility will lose its certification in June 2009. XXXXXXXXXXXX explained that this situation is extremely detrimental for Venezuelan businesses in the aviation sector, but that he and his association members have been unsuccessful in convincing the Venezuelan govemment to issue FAA visas. (Note: After failing in their second attempt to obtain visas, F AA inspectors withdrew their passports from the Venezuelan Embassy in early February.) FOREIGN EXCHANGE PAIN ¶4. (C) On February 10, the Charge requested a meeting with CADIVI to discuss the outstanding dollar requests by US businesses in all sectors. CAD IVI has not responded to the Charge's request to date. All three US carriers with operations in Venezuela strongly support a meeting between the Embassy and CAD IVI and would be willing to provide whatever documentation Post might need for their sector. (Note: CADIVI is the agency that administers the GBRV's currency controls. To receive US dollars at the official exchange rate for transactions such as dividend repatriation and operating costs, a company must obtain CAD IVI approval. There are no reliable figures for how much money US companies as a whole have requested from CADIVI, but most believe the number is in the billions. See reftel for more information on CADIVI.) ¶5. (C) On February 17, Econoffs met with XXXXXXXXXXXX And XXXXXXXXXXXX. Both said they would encourage CAD IVI President Manuel Barroso to respond to the Embassy's request. However, neither was optimistic. XXXXXXXXXXXX pointed out that the Vice President ofIATA had come to Venezuela twice for appointments with CADIVI but Barroso "stood him up" both times. ¶6. (C) Three months ago when it became c1ear that Venezuela's supply of dollars would dwindle, XXXXXXXXXXXX said, Barroso started approving all dollar authorizations personally. The approvals are "completely arbitrary" according to XXXXXXXXXXXX who argued that Barroso is a military man and a "mini Chavez" who "wants all the power in his own hands." XXXXXXXXXXXX said Barroso recent1y asked Chavez for another year as the head of CADIVI and Chavez agreed as Barroso used to be a member of Chavez' personal security detachment and remains his "good friend." Nevertheless, XXXXXXXXXXXX argued that CADIVI was not discriminating against US airlines when it recent1y disbursed dollars to five non-U S carriers. XXXXXXXXXXXX explained that there are simply not enough dollars to go around. American Airlines, the largest operator in the Venezuelan market, is awaiting the most substantial dollar disbursement of any airline. COMMENT ¶7. (C) While there is strong private sector support for increased bilateral cooperation on aviation issues, the GBRV chooses not to respond to USG overtures. Sources in the sector report that sorne in INAC want to accept the Embassy's repeated offers to begin a dialogue on technical issues. However, INAC officials current1y answer direct1y to the Venezuelan Vice President who does not seem disposed to increasing cooperation with the USG. (A more detailed discussion of intemal INAC operations will follow septel.) US airlines, and indeed the intemational business community, are increasingly concemed with the difficulty in obtaining dollars from CAD IVI in part due to the rumored possibility that the GBRV may devalue in the near future. The GBRV unfortunately seems uninterested in their concems. GENNA TIEMPO
SECRET: ITALY REQUESTS ASSISTANCE FOR ANTI-PIRACY
VZCZCXYZ0001 OO RUEHWEB DE RUEHRO #0433/01 1061348 ZNY SSSSS ZZH O 161348Z APR 09 FM AMEMBASSY ROME TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 1935 INFO RUEHDJ/AMEMBASSY DJIBOUTI PRIORITY 0273 RUEKJCS/JOINT STAFF WASHDC PRIORITY RHMFISS/HQ USEUCOM VAIHINGEN GE PRIORITY RUEKJCS/SECDEF WASHDC PRIORITY RHMFISS/HQ USCENTCOM MACDILL AFB FL PRIORITY S E C R E T ROME 000433 SIPDIS OSD FOR MAGGIE SADOWSKA EUR/RPM FOR CHRIS DAVY AND PETER CHISHOLM EUR/WE FOR CHRIS JESTER AND PAMELA SPRATLEN AF/RSA FOR MIKE BITTRICK AND JUN BANDO E.O. 12958: DECL: 04/17/2019 TAGS: MASS MARR EWWT KCRM PBTS PGOV PHSA PREL AORC SUBJECT: PIRACY: ITALY REQUESTS ASSISTANCE FOR ANTI-PIRACY OPERATION REF: WASLEY-JESTER-SADOWSKA EMAILS 4-15-09 Classified By: Charge d'Affaires a.i. Elizabeth Dibble for Reasons 1.4 (B) and (D) ¶1. (S) The Government of Italy sent U.S. Embassy Rome an unclassified Note Verbale on April 16 thanking the USG for assistance provided thus far in the deployment of Italian Special Forces to Djibouti for possible use in an anti-piracy mission and requesting continuing assistance as needed. The note, sent in unclassified channels to speed up the process, was generated in response to our requirement that any further USG assistance in support of the Italian anti-piracy mission be requested via Diplomatic Note. ¶2. (S) Background: The Italian-owned and flagged tugboat Buccaneer was taken by pirates in the Gulf of Aden on April ¶11. The ship has 16 crew members on board: 10 Italian, 5 Romanian, and 1 Croatian, and is currently about one nautical mile from the coast of Somalia. The Italian military has requested permission from the Government of Djibouti and Combined Joint Task Force-Horn of Africa (CJTF-HOA) to use Camp Lemonier in Djibouti as a logistical staging area in preparation for a possible rescue mission. The GOI assures us that it has obtained all the necessary landing permits from the Government of Djibouti. It has already landed one aircraft in Djibouti with approximately 29 logistical support staff, currently housed at Camp Lemonier, to prepare for the staging. The mission, if it happens, will not/not be launched from Djiboutian soil, and the GOI is currently considering other options that do not entail a rescue mission. Italy may use its Frigate MAESTRALE, currently deployed to the region as part of EU operation ATALANTA, and which is currently shadowing the pirates, to launch the operation, or may make use of other vessels. Italy may request helicopter, intel, and other logistical support from the U.S. as the need arises, but currently its request is limited to logistical support to house units at Camp Lemonier. ¶3. (S) Post has stressed to the GOI the need to provide as many details as possible about the potential operation in a timely manner, as well as the need to coordinate fully with the Government of Djibouti. The Defense Attache is in contact with the Italian Military and Poloffs are in contact with the MFA Operations Center as the situation evolves, and will provide additional operational details as they become available. ¶4. (SBU) The translated text of the Note is as follows (Italian original will be emailed to EUR/WE): BEGIN TEXT "Ministry of Foreign Affairs Rome, 4/16/2009 Prot. 0129432 The Ministry of Foreign Affairs of the Republic of Italy presents its compliments to the Embassy of the United States of America and, in consideration of our shared efforts in the fight against terrorism and piracy, has the honor to express its full appreciation for the assistance provided to the "Training Mission" sent to Djibouti. The sending of the mission, as well as the deployment of the Italian Frigate "MAESTRALE," forms part of the efforts undertaken by the Government of Italy in the struggle against piracy. While noting that the Authorities of Djibouti have provided the necessary visas and aircraft landing authorizations, the Italian Government is particularly grateful to the Government of the United States of America for having hosted this mission at Camp Lemonier. The Italian Government, in addition, is grateful to the Government of the United States of America henceforth for any further assistance that it might provide in the future. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs, in expressing its full gratitude for the collaboration, takes the opportunity to extend to the Embassy of the United States of America reassurances of its highest consideration." END TEXT DIBBLE
TOP-SECRET: The Diary of Anatoly Chernyaev 1989
Washington, DC, July 31st – The National Security Archive publishes its fourth installment of the diary of Anatoly Chernyaev, the man who was behind some of the most momentous transformations in Soviet foreign policy at the end of the 1980s in his role as Mikhail Gorbachev’s main foreign policy aide. In addition to his contributions to perestroika and new thinking, Anatoly Sergeevich was and remains a paragon of openness and transparency, providing his diaries and notes to historians who are trying to understand the end of the Cold War. This section of the diary, covering 1989—the year of miracles—is published here in English for the first time.
After the “turning point year,” 1988, the Soviet reformers around Gorbachev expected fast progress on all fronts—domestically in implementation of the results of the XIX party conference and further democratization of the Soviet system, and internationally following the groundbreaking UN speech of December 1988, especially in the sphere of nuclear arms control and in integrating the Soviet Union into Europe. However, those hopes were not realized, and the year brought quite unexpected challenges and outcomes. By the end of the year, no new arms control agreements would be signed, but the Berlin Wall would fall, nationalist movements would start threatening the unity of the Soviet Union, and popular revolutions would sweepEastern Europewhile the Soviets stuck to their pledge not to use force. By the end of 1989,Europewas transformed and the Cold War had ended. Anatoly Chernyaev documented all those changes meticulously and reflected on their meaning in real time.
For Chernyaev, the year began with an argument over the final withdrawal of Soviet forces fromAfghanistan. Soviet Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze tried to delay the full withdrawal of troops and to send an additional brigade to help the Afghan leader Najibullah repel attacks of Pakistani-supported mujahaddin and stabilize his government. Chernyaev and Alexander Yakovlev actively opposed that course of action on the grounds that it would cost hundreds of lives of Soviet soldiers and undermine Soviet trustworthiness in the eyes of international partners. The troops were withdrawn on schedule by February 15, 1989.
Domestically, the most important event was the first contested election to the Congress of People’s Deputies on March 26, 1989. Chernyaev himself was elected as a Deputy, but expressed unease about being among the 100 candidates on the “guaranteed” party list. His reflections on the electoral campaign and the results of the elections show his sincere belief that the Soviet system could be transformed by deepening the democratization and his concerns over the limitations and resistance by the conservative elements within the party. The electoral campaign takes place at the time when the economic situation deteriorates quite significantly, leading to unprecedented discontent of the population and ultimately miners’ strikes in the summer.
An important theme of 1989 is the growing nationalism and the threat of possible breakup of theSoviet Union—“the nationalities bomb.” On this issue, Chernyaev seems to understand the situation much better than Gorbachev, who until very late does not comprehend the fact that the Baltic states genuinely want to leave the Soviet Union, maybe up until the human chain of protesters forms on August 23, 1989. Gorbachev believes that they could be kept in by negotiations and economic pressure. The events inTbilision April 9, 1989, where the police killed 20 civilians trying to disperse nationalist rallies, should have been a wake-up call. Chernyaev wonders if Gorbachev understands all the depth of the nationalities issue or if he is still under the influence of the Soviet official narrative of harmonious relations between ethnic groups under socialism.
The summer of 1989 brings the Solidarity victory in the Polish elections and the start of the Hungarian roundtable negotiations culminating in the first non-communist government in Eastern Europe inPolandand the Soviet acceptance of those events. On the heels of the Polish and Hungarian breakthroughs comes the change of leadership inEast Germanyand the almost accidental yet fateful fall of the Berlin Wall. In this case, just as on the issue of nationalism, Chernyaev shows a much better understanding of its true meaning than most other Soviet leaders. In the fall of the Wall, he sees an end of an era, the true transformation of the international system, and a beginning of a new chapter in the European history. The start of the process of German reunification and theMaltasummit signified the end of the Cold War.
However, for Chernyaev, his position notwithstanding, the year’s main concern was the domestic developments in theSoviet Union, and specifically the insufficient progress in radical economic and political reform. A lot of entries deal with his disappointment in Gorbachev’s slow or ambivalent actions where he seems to be siding with conservatives, his inability to move more decisively even on the issues that he himself proclaimed, such as land reform. Chernyaev’s main lament is that Gorbachev is losing time and political power as a result of his indecisiveness while the opposition is growing strong using “the Russian factor” and becoming more anti-Gorbachev and siding with Yeltsin more and more often in the Congress of People’s Deputies.
All through the tumultuous events of 1989, Anatoly Chernyaev remains at Gorbachev’s side, faithful to the ideas and the promise of the reform, but at the same time more and more critical at the weaknesses and inconsistencies of his boss and growing more dissatisfied by the emerging distance in their personal relationship. The last entry of the year, for December 31, is written in the form of a letter to Gorbachev, expressing all his disappointments and worries about the fate of the reform. The diary entries allow historians an opportunity to see the days of 1989 as they unfolded, through the eyes of a most perceptive and involved participant.
The Chernyaev Diary was translated by Anna Melyakova and edited by Svetlana Savranskaya for the National Security Archive.
CONFIDENTIAL: ITALY: PIRATES RELEASE BUCCANEER CREW WITHOUT
VZCZCXRO4374 PP RUEHFL RUEHNP DE RUEHRO #0944/01 2291429 ZNY CCCCC ZZH P 171429Z AUG 09 FM AMEMBASSY ROME TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC PRIORITY 2536 INFO RUEHUP/AMEMBASSY BUDAPEST PRIORITY 0648 RUEHEG/AMEMBASSY CAIRO PRIORITY 0448 RUEHDJ/AMEMBASSY DJIBOUTI PRIORITY 0276 RUEHNR/AMEMBASSY NAIROBI PRIORITY 1594 RUEHYN/AMEMBASSY SANAA PRIORITY 0193 RUEHVB/AMEMBASSY ZAGREB PRIORITY 0799 RUEHFL/AMCONSUL FLORENCE PRIORITY 3753 RUEHMIL/AMCONSUL MILAN PRIORITY 0185 RUEHNP/AMCONSUL NAPLES PRIORITY 3961 RUEHFR/UNESCO PARIS FR PRIORITY RUEHNO/USMISSION USNATO PRIORITY 3032 RUEHBS/USEU BRUSSELS PRIORITY 4853 C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 ROME 000944 SENSITIVE SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 08/13/2019 TAGS: PREL PHSA SO IT SUBJECT: ITALY: PIRATES RELEASE BUCCANEER CREW WITHOUT RANSOM PAYMENT REF: ROME 00930 Classified By: Charge d'affaires Elizabeth Dibble for reasons 1.4 (b) a nd (d). ¶1. (C) Summary: On August 11, Poloff met with Massimiliano D'Antuono, Deputy Head of the MFA Crisis Unit, to discuss the details of the release of the MV Buccaneer crew which was taken hostage by pirates off the coast of Somalia. A Somali pirate is quoted in the press as saying that a four million euro ransom had been paid. This conflicts with Foreign Minister Frattini's statement that "Strong political work with local authorities as well as an Italian warship that was standing by with Special Forces finally made the pirates understand there was no other solution than to release the ship." D'Antuono affirmed that the hostage release was the result of diplomatic, military and intelligence efforts. He asserted that the Prime Minister of the Transitional Federal Government (TFG) of Somalia was instrumental in the negotiations with the pirates because of his family/clan/tribal links. End summary. Background - - - - - ¶2. (C) On April 11, the deep water tugboat MV Buccaneer was slowly towing two large barges at 4-5 knots in the Gulf of Aden. Because it was moving too slowly to join a convoy, and because its rear deck was designed to be low to the water line, the crew of 10 Italians, 5 Romanians and 1 Croat was an easy target for Somali pirates. According to D'Antuono, a couple of hours after the ship was commandeered, one crew member was able to push a distress button calling for help. The ship's owner received an email from the Buccaneer with its location coordinates, but he correctly identified the message as a ruse because ""the English used was better than anything the crew was capable of."" The pirates were able to anchor the ship in a cove on the Somali coast. After 2-3 weeks, the Italian Navy ship San Giorgio arrived in the vicinity to take up a position approximately eight miles off the shore. Italian Special Forces, who arrived on the San Giorgio, routinely positioned themselves and their small boats in close proximity to the Buccaneer so that they could react within 20-30 seconds to an assault by the pirates on the hostages. D'Antuono implied the pirates knew the Special Forces had positioned themselves within striking distance even if they were not able to visibly locate them. ¶3. (C) The Crisis Unit worked under the direct supervision of the "highest levels" of the MFA to negotiate the hostages' release. D'Antuono described a "three-pillar approach using diplomatic, military and intelligence resources." He traveled to Somalia with Margherita Boniver, FM Frattini's Special Envoy for Humanitarian Emergencies, to leverage Italy's "special relationship" with Somalia and the GOI's current support for the TFG. Meetings with the TFG Prime Minister Sharmarke served to exert pressure on the pirates by virtue of family/clan/tribal relations. Asked for specifics, he demurred that "the Prime Minister was the one who made the release happen." ¶4. (C) D'Antuono emphasized that under Italian law, no ransom could be paid to release the sailors. He stated that the owner of one of the barges offered to pay a ransom, but was informed that proceeding with that course of action would result in prosecution by the Italian courts. In contrast to the barge owner's interactions with the GOI, he described the governments of Romania and Croatia, whose nationals were also being held captive, as being completely supportive of the GOI's lead role in the negotiations. ¶5. (C) Without discussing details, D'Antuono stated that at a certain point, the Special Forces from the San Giorgio were cleared to board the Buccaneer after all of the pirates had vacated the ship. The Special Forces took control of the ship and set sail with the crew to Djibouti. After a medical assessment in Djibouti, the crew flew to Italy where they will brief the prosecutor's office in Rome responsible for handling such cases for possible future action. D'Antuono believed the crew was treated reasonably well with the exception of a "beating of one of the Romanians" by the pirates. He mentioned that, at least once, the crew was taken ashore to offer relief from the cramped quarters of the ship. ¶6. (C) D'Antuono emphasized the GOI's aversion to resorting to a military operation because of the negative Italian public opinion that would likely follow any loss of life. He suggested that headlines describing fatherless children would have been a public relations disaster for the GOI, especially as the world focused its attention on Italy as the host of the G8 Summit in June. Ransom Paid? - - - - - - - ¶7. (C) Andrew Mwangura, of the Mombasa-based East African Seafarer's Assistance Programme was quoted in the press as saying that the pirates received a four million euro ransom. Sometimes described as an intermediary between pirates and those who pay ransom, his role, if any, in the release of the Buccaneer crew is not clear. D'Antuono stated that the MFA is "familiar with" Mwangura, but dismissed his claims of a paid ransom as "a marketing technique." He reasoned that releasing a crew without receiving a ransom would set an unprofitable precedent. He assessed claims of having received a ransom as a necessary strategy to protect the economic value of the pirates' illicit activities. ¶8. (SBU) In terms of what the GOI did offer the TFG, if not the pirates, an MFA statement describes financial support in 2009 dedicated to ""Somali institutions and to the peace process"" totaling 13 million euros. Additional money has been disbursed through the Italian Development Cooperation. (see reftel) Comment - - - - ¶9. (C) The official line on the Buccaneer release is a substantial but incomplete accounting of factors that brought this situation to a peaceful conclusion. Gaining the release of the Italian vessel and hostages was a top priority, albeit low profile effort, for the Italian government. Prime Minister Berlusconi himself reportedly made many of the early critical decisions. Italy, with U.S. assistance, moved quickly to ensure that it had a full range of options available to resolve the issue, including the strategic positioning of elite forces ready to engage in an extraction/rescue operation if necessary. These efforts were buttressed by Italy's re-energizing its relations with Somalia and engaging in a high profile ""embrace"" of its former colony. In spite of Italy's slashed overseas budget, it has dedicated significant development and humanitarian assistance to the TFG and announced its commitment to re-open an embassy in Mogadishu at the June 2009 International Contact Group on Somalia meeting held in Rome. A logical quid pro quo for Italy's new engagement was TFG action to resolve the hostage crisis. Adamant denials that Italy paid ransom, directly or otherwise, have been accompanied by claims of ignorance of TFG initiatives to liberate the hostages. The GOI was acutely aware of the strong USG opposition to the payment of ransom in this case and we believe that resulted in Italy relying heavily on the TFG to deliver its citizens. DIBBLE
CONFIDENTIAL: BAHAMAS UNLIKELY TO PRESSURE ARISTIDE
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 NASSAU 000766 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 04/17/2013 TAGS: PREL PGOV PREF HA BF SUBJECT: BAHAMAS UNLIKELY TO PRESSURE ARISTIDE Classified By: DCM Robert M. Witajewski, Reasons 1.5(b) and (d) Summary ¶1. (C) After returning from the OAS/CARICOM meeting on Haiti in Miami, Foreign Minister Fred Mitchell dismissed the possibility of invoking the democracy provision of the OAS Charter in the case of Haiti. He acknowledged problems with democracy in Haiti, but made it clear that the Bahamian government preferred continued engagement with President Aristide to any type of public confrontation. He also announced a decision to provide $500,000 in economic assistance to Haiti, while admitting that it would not do much good if the political situation did not improve. Mitchell's main concern is doing whatever he can to slow down illegal immigration from Haiti - a key domestic political imperative - and he has been fruitlessly pursuing an immigration accord with the Government of Haiti for several months. A high official at the Foreign Ministry, although he proclaimed himself "not competent" to comment on Haiti policy (or much of anything else), confirmed that Haiti believes it must stay engaged with the Aristide government to prevent a mass migration. End Summary. Democracy in Crisis... ¶2. (U) Upon his return from Miami, Foreign Minister Mitchell discussed the situation there with the press. He admitted that the CARICOM Foreign Ministers were "frustrated with the situation in Haiti, and said that Aristide had put the international community "in a difficult position" by not living up to his commitments. He spoke frankly about Haiti's failure to: select an appropriate police commissioner, arrest an important fugitive involved in political violence, and plan for elections. While he placed some of the blame for the lack of progress toward a political solution on the opposition, he acknowledged the government's greater share of blame and discussed the reasons why the opposition might feel threatened and unwilling to make concessions. ... But Need to Give Aristide Another Chance ¶3. (U) However, Mitchell went on to say that he thought it was "likely that the deadline will be extended," and Aristide should be given yet another chance to meet his commitments. He pointed out that The Bahamas, in his opinion has no choice: "We cannot afford to disengage from Haiti because disengaging for us is not an option." According to Mitchell, the issue of Haitian migrants and the potential for mass migration is the key issue for The Bahamas. Such a mass migration must be prevented at all costs, and Mitchell made it clear that he believed the best way to do that was continued engagement with the Aristide government in an attempt to improve Haiti's political and economic situation. ¶4. (U) Mitchell was dismissive of the possibility of invoking the democracy provisions of the OAS Charter, saying that although "Some people argue that's the case in Haiti ... I think that is taking it a little bit too far." He described the U.S. position on Haiti as "hard-minded", and called for continued dialogue. Mitchell also announced a $500,000 economic assistance package for Haiti. In announcing it, he acknowledged that the assistance would likely not do much good unless the political impasse were resolved. Mitchell defended the package, however, by reiterating that the Government of the Bahamas must do whatever it can to improve the economic situation in Haiti because of the impact The Bahamas would likely feel if further economic and political crisis resulted in a mass migration. He made it very clear that this is the paramount issue for The Bahamas. Who Is Competent Then? ¶5. (C) DCM and POL/ECON section chief raised the issue of Haiti with Ministry of Foreign Affairs Undersecretary for Political Affairs Marco Rolle in an April 15 meeting requested by Rolle to go over the list of pending items between the Embassy and the MFA. Rolle, despite being the number three official at the Ministry of Embassy (he is the Bahamian equivalent of Undersecretary Grossman) and having accompanied Mitchell to both Miami and the press conference, told us that he "was not competent" to talk about Haiti policy with us. He couldn't even confirm any details about the aid package the Minister had announced in his presence. Nor could he comment on progress made toward an immigration accord with Haiti or the upcoming visit by Mitchell to Haiti in late March beyond confirming the dates (May 22-23). The one specific response we received to a question was whether or not Foreign Minister Fred Mitchell planned to make any trips or telephone calls to Haitian counterparts prior to the April 30 OAS meeting in Washington. The answer is: No. Consistently Not Competent ¶6. (C) Inability to provide specific responses to queries was a consistent theme of our conversation with Rolle. Of the fifteen pending items on our agenda, he was unable to comment meaningfully on any single one of them, and could not point to MFA progress in resolving any of the issues which have been pending anywhere from 2-3 weeks (dip notes regarding a trade dispute, RBDF training and a proposal to form an anti-alien-smuggling task force) to 6 years (request for a bilateral work agreement). Rolle, a career civil servant with no background in foreign affairs, has only been with the ministry for about seven months, so it can be understood that he might not be familiar with every issue, but we would think he could do better than 0 for 15. The Bahamian civil service has honed sloth and delay disguised as deliberation and consensus-building to a fine art. Comment ¶7. (C) We believe the bottom line for The Bahamas on Haiti is their fear of mass migration and doing anything that might trigger an outflow. Mitchell in particular has made conclusion of an immigration agreement his top foreign policy priority. Our sources in the Immigration Department tell us the negotiations are not going well, stalled over Haitian insistence on an amnesty for the 30,000 - 100,000 Haitians already in The Bahamas (most illegally). Such a concession would be suicide for Mitchell in the xenophobic Bahamian political landscape. Pursuit of this agreement and any other means to slow down migration will continue to push any concerns for democracy and human rights into the backseat. While The Bahamas will remain engaged on Haiti, the Christie government will resist any effort to put real teeth into any diplomatic effort to pressure President Aristide, preferring (endless) conversation and dialogue to the alternative. BLANKENSHIP
CONFIDENTIA: HAITI: HOLY SEE WORRIED ABOUT VIOLENCE
C O N F I D E N T I A L VATICAN 005164 SIPDIS DEPT FOR EUR/WE LEVIN; WHA/CAR E.O. 12958: DECL: 11/13/2013 TAGS: PHUM PINR PREL VT HA SUBJECT: HAITI: HOLY SEE WORRIED ABOUT VIOLENCE, SEEKS BALANCE AMIDST DIVIDED CHURCH REF: A. A) PORT AU PRINCE 2208 ¶B. B) PORT AU PRINCE 2249 ¶C. C) PORT AU PRINCE 2188 ¶D. D) PORT AU PRINCE 2344 ¶E. E) PORT AU PRINCE 2345 Classified By: Charge d'Affaires Brent Hardt for reason 1.5 (b) and (d) . ------- Summary ------- ¶1. (C) Vatican MFA Caribbean Affairs Office Director Giorgio Lingua said November 7 that the Holy See is "very worried" about the situation in Haiti. He expressed concern about the disruption of an October 16 mass (ref a and b), and noted the potential for violence in the coming weeks (ref d). Acting Foreign Minister Pietro Parolin emphasized in a November 13 meeting the difficult balancing act that Vatican and Episcopal leadership in Haiti must perform in pressing for reform while avoiding instigating further violence. He noted in this regard that the Haitian Episcopal Conference had signed on to the protest letter to the Haitian Government sent by the papal nuncio after the October 16 disturbance (ref b). According to Lingua, the Haitian Catholic Church is struggling in general, with many people leaving the Church due to disillusionment with its handling of the Aristide crisis. Though he acknowledged the challenges Aristide presented to those seeking reform, Lingua thought that pressure for increased democratic expression might be effective if it did not threaten Aristide's legitimacy. End summary. --------------------- The Vatican's Concern --------------------- ¶2. (C) MFA Caribbean Affairs Office Director Giorgio Lingua told poloff November 7 that the Holy See is "very worried" about the situation in Haiti, following the disruption of the October 16 papal anniversary mass (ref a, b) and continuing violent incidents. Lingua told us a Haitian MFA representative had called Papal Nuncio Luigi Bonazzi to express his regret for the incident at mass, but said that to his knowledge Aristide himself had not contacted any Vatican representative to comment on the incident. Lingua expressed some satisfaction with news that Aristide had spoken to opposition leader Evans Paul after the incident, as the post-mass mugging of Evans Paul was also troubling to the Vatican. The Holy See remains concerned about the potential for more violence in the lead-up to the bicentennial anniversary of the Battle of Vertieres on November 18 (ref d). --------------------------- A Church Balancing, Divided --------------------------- ¶3. (C) According to Lingua, Aristide,s exploitation of some clergy members for propaganda purposes was taking its toll on the Haitian population. Lingua said Haitians see "a Church divided," with some clergy supporting the Lavalas party and others against it. Lingua claimed this lack of solidarity fostered disillusionment to the point where people were leaving the Church in increasing numbers. ¶4. (C) When asked if the October 16 incident might prompt the Holy See to raise its voice more forcefully against Aristide's abuses, Lingua was noncommittal, saying the Vatican needed to balance pressure on Aristide against a delicate security situation on the ground. Similarly, he said the Haitian bishops needed to tread lightly, as Aristide's unpredictable nature made such expression dangerous. Holy See Acting Foreign Minister Pietro Parolin reiterated this point in a November 13 meeting with the Charge, while also noting that the bishops had signed on to Nuncio Bonazzi's protest letter to the GOH. According to Lingua, the bishops "realize they should speak louder," but have to pick their spots carefully. -------------------- Episcopal Leadership -------------------- ¶5. (C) Lingua told us the newly-appointed archbishop of Cap Haitien, Hubert Constant, was similarly in a difficult position. Lingua said (protect) Constant had a "good spirit and pastoral character, but is conditioned by the presence -- in fact the omnipresence -- of Aristide." Deputy FM Parolin was somewhat more positive on Constant, noting his role in protesting the October 16 incident. On leadership in Port-au-Prince, Parolin confirmed that Coadjutor Bishop Serge Miot would succeed Archbishop Ligonde as head of the archdiocese when Archbishop Ligonde retires formally. He also denied that Miot was too close to the Aristide camp, asserting that Miot, too, had played a role the post-October 16 protest. --------------------- Comment: Where to go? --------------------- ¶6. (C) Despite Lingua's rather somber assessment of the situation, he said the Holy See believes there are some glimmers of hope for progress Haiti. He said the Vatican had noticed signs of increased discontent within the Lavalas party that could contribute to prospects for future reform. The best bet, he believed, was for further international pressure, especially from the United States, for increased democratic expression within the country -- without directly challenging Aristide's legitimacy. This tracks with the conservative approach we have seen from the Holy See in such situations. The Vatican is far more likely to take the long-term view than to invite confrontation -- or encourage local bishops to do so. ¶7. (C) When looking at the big picture, Lingua said, effecting change in Haiti should be easier than in Cuba. Unlike Castro, Lingua observed, Aristide is not ideologically motivated. "This is one person -- not a system," he added. Citing the effects on the U.S. of Haitian drug trafficking and illegal immigration, Lingua acknowledged the USG interest in Haiti, even beyond its humanitarian concerns. Lingua noted with interest the arrival of Ambassador Foley in Port-au-Prince; consequently we passed him a copy of the Ambassador's ref E press statement. HARDT
CONFIDENTIAL: HAITIAN AMBASSADOR TO DOMINICAN REPUBLIC RESIGNS
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 SANTO DOMINGO 007536 SIPDIS STATE FOR WHA/CAR, DEPT PLEASE PASS TO USOAS E.O. 12958: DECL: 12/22/2013 TAGS: PGOV PREL PHUM PINR DR HA SUBJECT: HAITIAN AMBASSADOR TO DOMINICAN REPUBLIC RESIGNS: ANOTHER BLOW TO ARISTIDE REF: A. PORT AU PRINCE 2540 ¶B. SANTO DOMINGO 4930 Classified By: ACTING DCM MARY B. MARSHALL FOR REASONS 1.5 B/D SUMMARY ¶1. (C) On December 18 the Haitian Ambassador to the Dominican Republic Guy Alexandre called on the Ambassador and Acting DCM to confirm his resignation. The sudden news (prompted by the violent December 5 crackdown on student demonstrators in Haiti) was widely covered December 16 while Ambassador Alexandre was out of the country visiting his wife in Puerto Rico. Ambassdor Alexandre's resignation is due to what he described as "incompatible principles" with Arisitide's government. Composed but staunch in his resolve, Alexandre assured the Ambassador that he has no plans to seek asylum in the United States for now. Requesting asylum, he explained, would "further complicate Dominican-Haitian bilateral relations" and would not be in his nor Haiti's best interests. Instead, Alexandre said he would seek residency in the Dominican Republic and teach at a university. End Summary. ALEXANDRE RESIGNS AS AMBASSADOR TO THE DR ¶2. (C) Ambassador Guy Alexandre met with the Ambassador and Acting DCM on December 18 to discuss his recent resignation. He said that he had planned to leave his post in January 2004 after Haiti's independence bicentennial celebrations, which would have also marked two years in his assignment. However, he could not ignore the recent violence against students in Haiti because of his strong links to the academic community there. According to Alexandre, police officers broke both knees of one of his friends, a vice-rector at a university (Ref A). The December 5 violence, he lamented, "produced an irrevocable situation that cannot be easily fixed," following months of extreme polarization and resulting chaos. ¶3. (C) According to Ambassador Alexandre's contacts in Haiti, there are daily protests or preemptive crackdowns by police on potential protests. He warned of an upsurge in armed civilians looking for trouble. Alexandre expressed his concern that the environment in Haiti is ripe for confrontation, which might subside briefly during Christmas but is sure to resume in January. He commented that Haiti has minimal capacity to maintain order and that "none of the Haitian politicians realize that the country is a ticking time bomb." REMOVE ARISTIDE...THEN WHAT? ¶4. (C) Ambassador Alexandre criticized opposition groups' preoccupation with forcing Aristide's departure without considering the consequences. He emphasized that Aristide's exit will not solve Haiti's socio-economic problems. Alexandre also criticized his countrymen for their focus on grabbing power rather than tackling the difficult problems of health, education and infrastructure. The Ambassador asked Alexandre whether there are clandestine movements in the Dominican Republic working to overthrow Aristide, to which Alexandre responded that he does not know of any such activity. He acknowledged that some disgruntled former Haitian military officers reside in the Dominican Republic, but said most of the pressure on Aristide originates in Haiti. He recalled the 1991-94 period when many Haitians fled the country, but claimed there was no no mass migration. During that time Alexandre personally assisted 30 Haitians, including a former Army chief. DOMINICAN-HAITIAN BILATERAL RELATIONS ¶5. (C) Less than three weeks before his resignation, Ambassador Alexandre met with the Ambassador on December 1 to discuss concerns about Dominican-Haitian bilateral relations. He was disturbed about the GODR's apparent nonchalant investigations regarding the Haitian bodies discovered along the border in September (Ref B). Alexandre also said the GODR is not doing enough to document Haitians. He complained that the GODR often uses Article 11 of the Dominican Constitution (providing that anyone born on Dominican soil is Dominican except offspring of diplomats or foreigners in transit) to deny citizenship to Haitians for being "foreigners in transit." Ambassador Alexandre also blamed the failure of the 2001 OAS initiative on a lack of OAS impartiality (Note: This argument was reiterated at the follow-up meeting on December 18. End note). ALEXANDRE'S ONWARD PLANS ¶6. (C) Alexandre said he currently plans to reside in the Dominican Republic, not flee to the United States. He was traveling to Puerto Rico when his resignation hit the press and returned quickly thereafter. He emphasized his desire to get involved in academia and denied having strong ties to successful Haitian expats in the United States. Alexandre did ask the Acting DCM (Consul General) that his B1/B2 nonimmigrant visa be transferred to his tourist passport. Alexandre said the GOH had not yet accepted his resignation. He claimed to have no interest in politics because he "knows too well what Haiti needs." HERTELL
CONFIDENTIAL: ANXIOUS PRIME MINISTER REQUESTS MEETING ON HAITI
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 04 NASSAU 000364 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 02/22/2014 TAGS: PGOV PREL SMIG BF HA SUBJECT: ANXIOUS PRIME MINISTER REQUESTS MEETING ON HAITI REF: A) NASSAU 211 B) NASSAU 212 C) NASSAU 263 D) NASSAU 322 Classified By: CHARGE ROBERT M. WITAJEWSKI FOR REASONS 1.4 (B) AND (D). - - - - Summary - - - - 1 (C) At a special luncheon function to honor Junior Achievement on February 19, Prime Minister Christie twice came to the Charge's table to request an "urgent" meeting the morning of February 20, later set for 12:30 in the PM's office. As events in Haiti continue to deteriorate, the sense of vulnerability by the Government of the Commonwealth of The Bahamas (GCOB) at being overwhelmed by mass Haitian migration continues to grow. In this light, both the PM and Foreign Minister Fred Mitchell have exerted considerable time and energy in recent weeks to mediate peace talks between President Aristide and the opposition (reported reftels A, B and C). Increasing deterioration in conditions in Haiti are also reinforcing the Bahamian Government's sense of dependence on the United States in the event uncontrolled Haitian migrant outflows occur. At the 60 minute meeting on February 20 in his private office, PM Christie updated Charge on recent developments on Haiti from his Government's perspective. END SUMMARY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FOREIGN MINISTER BRIEFS THE UN - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶2. (C) Christie initiated the discussion with a report on Foreign Minister Mitchell's just-concluded presentation at the United Nations General Assembly that morning. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs later faxed the Embassy a copy of Mitchell's speech, which focused on the CARICOM proposal, including a constitutional role for a Prime Minister, rules governing protests and demonstrations by the opposition, the professionalization of the Haitian National Police, and additional security and economic support. FM Mitchell also called for the international community to "provide immediate security assistance to bring stability to Haiti, including helping the legitimate authority of Haiti to restore law and order and disarm the elements that now seek to violently overthrow the government, and who have interrupted humanitarian assistance." Mitchell continued using -- for him -- unusually strong language: "Those armed gangs who seek now to overthrow the constitutional order should be urged to lay down their arms and if not they should be disarmed." ¶3. (C) Christie related to Charge that in New York Mitchell had sought out and obtained additional support, particularly from Central and South American countries, for the CARICOM approach. Christie was particularly proud that Bahamian efforts had resulted in Venezuela, Bolivia, and Argentina agreeing to send police or military to Haiti as he observed, wryly, that these three countries did not normally agree with the U.S. of late. Christie also announced that FM Mitchell and Assistant Secretary Roger Noriega would fly to Haiti Saturday to continue to work all sides of the issue. Christie spoke authoritatively about conversations between FM Mitchell and A/S. Noriega and between Mitchell and NSC Western Hemisphere Director Tom Shannon. He also indicated that he had been in contact with members of the U.S. Congressional Black Caucus to allay their "deep concerns" about the "good faith" of the U.S. and others in seeking a resolution to Haiti's crisis. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - A RELUCTANT ROLE IN HAITI FOR MITCHELL? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶4. (C) The Prime Minister described his week of frantic conference calls on the Haitian crisis and a U.S. preference for the Bahamian Foreign Minister to play a new, and significant on-going role in Haiti as the third member in a tripartite committee that, Christie seemed to believe would effectively serve as a kind of "Council of Wise Men" in governing the country. Christie said that as he understood current plans, the council would be composed of three members: a representative from the Haitian Opposition, an independent Haitian Prime Minister, and Bahamian FM Mitchell representing Caricom and others. According to the Prime Minister, however, President Aristide had expressed reservations about the constitutionality of formally creating such a body. However, Christie continued, he believed from his conversations with him that President Aristide would accept an arrangement in which the same group would "informally" advise him on matters. ¶5. (C) Continuing his exposition, Christie then went on to say that his preferred solution would be for the United States or the French to assume the leadership of this body and supply the "third member" rather than The Bahamas. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PRIME MINISTER WORKS THE PHONES IN NASSAU -- DEFERS TO U.S. AS "TOP DOG" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶6. (C) The Bahamian Prime Minister appeared comfortable in his newly-assumed role of international mediator. He noted that he had spoken "at least a dozen times" with Haitian President Aristide of late, and this week alone reported that he had spoken with the Haitian President at least once each day. Explaining his frequent telephone conversations, PM Christie declared that, given the urgency of the situation, he did not want to risk having his message diluted or distorted "by leaving (the resolution of the crisis) to ambassadors." ¶7. (C) Noting that President Aristide had claimed that "bandits" were responsible for attacking the Opposition, not government forces, PM Christie said that each time he spoke with Aristide he had stressed the importance of Aristide appealing directly to the U.S., France, or Canada for assistance in re-equipping Haitian police so that law and order could be restored. Christie indicated some sympathy for Aristide's claimed plight, telling Charge that "there is simply no way that a demoralized police force of less than 5,000 can maintain law in order in a country of more than 7 million." Christie seemed hopeful that the U.S. would reconsider its position against supplying the Haitian police with lethal weapons, and at a minimum do more to support the Haitian police with non-lethal support. ¶8. (C) Christie indicated his preference for continued direct high-level involvement in Haiti. He felt that it was important that he and others at the head of state level continue to involve themselves in the situation and interact directly with Aristide in order to reinforce the urgency of the situation. Christie said that it had been his idea to contact South African President Thabo Mbeki to try to involve him in Haiti. It would be appropriate, he said, for the world's "newest black nation" to help the world's "oldest black nation." At regular intervals during the one-hour meeting, Christie reiterated the pleas for assistance to restore law and order in Haiti made by himself and others to Secretary Powell, President Bush, Secretary General Annan, and the O.A.S. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SYMPATHIZES WITH ARISTIDE'S CONCERNS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶9. (C) Christie stressed his agreement with his Foreign Minister that the best resolution would be an agreement that conferred some "dignity" to Aristide. Christie specifically sympathized with Aristide's complaint that he (Aristide) was being asked to take unconstitutional actions. The Bahamian Prime Minister indicated that based on his conversations with Aristide, he believed that Aristide was not opposed to working with the opposition on the joint appointment of a new Prime Minister and subsequently a new cabinet, but is objecting to being left out of the process or becoming a figurehead for the remainder of his term in office. Christie also made clear his position that President Aristide is Haiti's legitimately elected constitutional leader. But Christie then coupled this principled stand with an evaluation of the state of the Haitian opposition from his position as a practicing politician. "Even with a year to organize," he said, "the opposition will not match Aristide's level of support, and would lose if Aristide decided to run again, which he will not." ¶10. (C) In this vein, Christie volunteered what he thought might be the outcome of the February 21 talks in Port au Prince, Christie said that he assumed that the United States had the power to achieve a solution. Christie said that he was confident that A/S Noriega "had the clout" to bring Haitian Opposition leader Apaid around, and that once Apaid signed on to an agreement, the rest of the Opposition "would follow" in permitting President Aristide to serve his term out since they couldn't organize themselves to win an election now. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TURNING TO THE U.S. IN EVENT OF AN OUTFLOW FROM HAITI - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶11. (C) Turning from the crisis in Haiti to the consequences for The Bahamas if that country's political instability results in a migrant outflow, PM Perry Christie went on at great length to reiterate his determination to build a deep water port at Great Inagua that would serve as his country's strategic southern base. As he lamented: "The Haitian problem isn't going to go away for years to come." Given this reality, he was convinced that the Royal Bahamian Defence Force (RBDF) will always need to patrol the country's vast southern waters. Moreover, he continued, the drug problem will always be there, and The Bahamas faces a consistent problem of fish poaching in by neighboring countries. According to Christie, "Last year the Dominican Republic exported $2 million in conch, and their ain't no conch in Dominican waters!" Clearly, he declared, it is in the best interests of The Bahamas to have a deep water port and refueling station at its southern tip. Christie reiterated the common interests of the United States in having access to a similarly-situated facility and again asked for the Charge's help in obtaining U.S. funding for construction of a harbor and breakwater at Great Inagua. ¶12. (C) Charge responded that the U.S. would like to support the Bahamian plan, but that it had been extremely difficult to get RBDF and National Security officials to go beyond global declarations and obtain specific plans regarding GCOB intentions on Great Inagua. Given budgetary constraints in the United States, Charge explained that until specific plans were forthcoming, backed up by a GCOB actually committing its own funds, U.S. agencies would be reluctant to even consider blocking off possible funding. Noting that the U.S. was already looking at FY 06 budgets, Charge urged the Prime Minister to accelerate internal GCOB decision-making on Great Inagua. The Prime Minister agreed, indicating that his government is willing to work out the details immediately. ¶13. (C) In addition to construction of a southern strategic base in Great Inagua, the Prime Minister also revealed that he was in negotiations to conclude an agreement with Royal Caribbean Cruise Line to build a deep water port at Great Inagua. Though the island is currently barren, it is home to more than 50,000 pink flamingos, a huge Morton Salt plant, and at least one nice beach. He was hoping that the flamingo national park would provide cruise ship passengers with an interesting diversion to the normal Caribbean port of call. Christie took on board Charge's suggestion that costs of constructing a base on Great Inagua could effectively be reduced if any Royal Caribbean construction were to be made part of the GCOB's plans. - - - - - NO ASYLUM - - - - - ¶14. (C) Regarding what The Bahamas would do in the event that large numbers of Haitians started appearing on Bahamian territory, the Prime Minister indicated that he would turn to the United States to effect repatriation. The Bahamas, he said, simply had no capacity to maintain large numbers of migrants for any period of time. Declaring that he had no concert with "those liberals" on this issue, he declared that there would never be asylum in The Bahamas for Haitians. The total population of The Bahamas was, he said, "less than that of a small town in the United States. We simply cannot do what Amnesty International and other groups would insist on us." - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OPERATION COMPASSION HAS A NEW RELEVANCE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶15. (C) Christie was surprisingly well versed on the proposed latest iteration of Operation Compassion, a joint patrolling exercise that involves enhanced communication and coordination between the RBDF and the U.S. Coast Guard. PM Christie reported that the Cabinet had discussed participation in "Op Compassion" the previous day and had approved Bahamian involvement. As the Haitian crisis has evolved, the GCOB has deliberately taken steps in its public comments to publicize an increased RBDF presence in southern Bahamian waters. Charge indicated that we believed that the USCG would be prepared to engage in planning discussions for this iteration of Op Compassion as early as March 3-4. ¶16. (C) However, as Ref D reports, only four of the eight RBDF vessels capable of long range patrolling are operational. Charge queried the Prime Minister on the return to service date of the HMBS Bahamas noting that effective Bahamian participation in this six-month extended "Op Compassion" required that there be at least three functioning RBDF vessels (the HMBS Bahamas, Nassau, and Yellow Elder) so that one would be on station 24/7 throughout the exercise. Similarly, Charge noted that the logistics of keeping a Bahamian vessel on site 24/7 also presumed that the RBDF vessels would re-fuel and re-provision at Guantanamo Naval Base rather than make extended return trips to its home port of Coral Harbour in New Providence. Finally, Charge noted that we would need assurances of the commitment and cooperation of RBDF Commodore Rolle to commit the necessary assets to the operation. PM Christie responded that the repairs have started and completing them is a government priority. He also acknowledged Commodore Rolle's reluctance to commit the necessary assets by explaining that Rolle claims he needs to keep some ships in reserve in the event of other problems in other areas of the country. The Prime Minister said that he overrode the Commodore's objections by asking him rhetorically, "What other crisis could impact on The Bahamas right now that is more critical than preventing a migrant outflow from Haiti?" ¶17. (C) Closing this part of the discussion, the Prime Minister also urged the U.S. to simplify matters by providing fuel to RBDF vessels at no cost, as the relative costs are a mere "drop in the bucket" for the U.S. As Charge responded that refueling costs to the GCOB would probably be much lower at Guantanamo than in Nassau, the Prime Minister jokingly accused Charge of "trying to nickel and dime me!" while thanking him for not yet pressuring him for an Article 98 agreement in the meeting. - - - - COMMENT - - - - ¶18. (C) The fact that the over-programmed Prime Minister would budget more than one hour for a meeting on one day's notice speaks to the overriding importance Haiti has in local politics. PM Christie is clearly committed to remaining engaged on finding a solution to the Haitian problem, and accepts that this is currently the dominating project of his Foreign Minister, who is also the Minister of Public Service. While his decision-making style may be protracted and indecisive, Bahamian Prime Minister Perry Christie is also an impressive, dynamic, charismatic and ebullient presence and an indefatigable seeker of consensus. For the purpose of promoting peace in Haiti, his personality compliments that of Foreign Minister Mitchell, which is steadier, stealthier, and more methodical. Given The Bahamas' proximity to Haiti, both feel The Bahamas has no choice except engagement. WITAJEWSKI
CONFIDENTIAL: BAHAMAS GOVERNMENT SEEKS SUPPORT FOR FUTURE UN
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 NASSAU 000384 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 02/24/2014 TAGS: BF HA PGOV PREL SMIG SUBJECT: BAHAMAS GOVERNMENT SEEKS SUPPORT FOR FUTURE UN SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING ON HAITI REF: A) NASSAU 211 B) NASSAU 212 C) NASSAU 263 D) NASSAU 322 E) NASSAU 364 Classified By: Charge Abdelnour Zaiback for reasons 1.5 (B) and 1.5 (D) - - - - SUMMARY - - - - 1) (C) On February 24, Acting Ministry of Foreign Affairs Permanent Secretary Marilyn Zonicle separately demarched each UN Security Council member with representation in The Bahamas for support for a possible UN Security Council meeting on Haiti that may be requested by Jamaica Prime Minister Patterson as early as Thursday. The original plan was to request the Security Council to meet on February 25 on Haiti, however, President Aristide asked that the meeting be deferred for 24 hours while he pursued the ongoing negotiations. For its part, The Bahamas seeks the active support of the U.S. as the "most important" member of the Security Council as it engages on a full scale diplomatic press to achieve peace in Haiti. If diplomacy fails, The Bahamas believes that military assistance will be essential, and is willing to contribute troops to a multinational effort to maintain law and order. END SUMMARY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FOREIGN MINISTER MITCHELL ON STAND BY TO NEW YORK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2) (C) Anticipating that Prime Minister Patterson would make the request for the Security Council to hold a special session on Haiti tomorrow, FM Mitchell had already packed his bags and made plans to fly to New York tonight. Patterson and CARICOM delayed making the request for the session only because Aristide convinced them that the opposition and rebels could still agree to CARICOM's peace plan. However, as the situation on the ground in Haiti continues to deteriorate, Zonicle anticipates that Mitchell will fly to New York tomorrow for a requested Security Council special session on Thursday. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SIX TALKING POINTS FOR PROJECTED SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3) (C) Follows are the six talking points presented to Charge. i) (C) Pending the outcome of the OAS/CARICOM-sponsored negotiations between the Government and the Opposition in Haiti, the CARICOM countries may request the convening of an emergency meeting of the Security Council to address the matter, considering the deteriorating situation in that country and the inability of the Haitian National Police (HNP) to deal with the insurgency. ii) (C) An open debate in the Security Council would allow it to pronounce on the matter and would provide Haiti with the opportunity to request military/police assistance, and, perhaps, increased humanitarian assistance, as may be necessary. Haiti is reluctant to take the matter to the Security Council before the current political negotiations have been exhausted and wishes to avoid the matter being dealt with on "parallel tracks" by OAS/CARICOM and the UN. iii) (C) While France has indicated a willingness to send military assistance to Haiti, the specter of French troops in Haiti at this time is a very sensitive issue, particularly as France is the former colonizer and Haiti is currently "celebrating" the 200th anniversary of discarding that yoke. A joint dispatch under the UN banner would be more palatable. iv) (C) With the United Nations, CARICOM Ambassadors are seeking the support of the Group of Latin America and the Caribbean (GRULAC) for the initiative and a meeting of the GRULAC to discuss the matter is being convened Wednesday afternoon. Brazil and Chile, the two members of GRULAC on the Security Council have indicated their support for the initiative. Other member of the GRULAC that have voiced strong support are Mexico and Venezuela. v) (C) Beyond the GRULAC, CARICOM Ambassadors are in touch with Canada and France, as well as with President of the GA, Ambassador Colin Granderson of the CARICOM Secretariat, and the other Under-Secretary-General for Political Affairs in seeking to garner support for the initiative and move it forward, as appropriate. vi) (C) It has been said, although not officially announced that, Ambassador Reggie Dumas, of Trinidad and Tobago, has been appointed as the Special Advisor on Haiti by the UN Secretary-general. Perhaps, the stigma of a direct request from Haitian authorities for military assistance could be alleviated by having the request channeled through the Special Advisor. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BAHAMAS VIEW ON OUTSIDE INTERVENTION CLARIFIED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4) (C) Charge and Political Chief sought clarification on Mitchell's vision for outside intervention. In recent days Mitchell has made several statements that international support for Haiti's police was crucial, including "to disarm the rebels if they did not disarm themselves." Zonicle relayed that the first priority of The Bahamas is the principles in the CARICOM proposal, most notably reinforcing the ability of the Haitian police to maintain law and order. However, if this fails, Zonicle reiterated Mitchell's oft stated plea of late, that "law and order must be restored." Zonicle volunteered that The Bahamas was prepared to contribute troops, "perhaps as many as 100." While the preferred mechanism is the United Nations, Zonicle confirmed Mitchell's view that any outside intervention would be preferable to continued and increased chaos. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BAHAMIAN AMBASSADOR TO CARICOM SEEKS INSIGHTS ON RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN OPPOSITION AND REBELS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5) (C) Ambassador to CARICOM Leonard Archer sought Charge's insight on the relationship between the rebels and the opposition, but in the exchange of views it became clear that all sides knew about the same. Several rebel leaders have connections with the former military. While the opposition may currently feel that they are the beneficiaries of rebel activity, they may soon learn that "the enemy of my enemy is not always my friend." Archer is an experienced diplomat who has studied Haiti at length. - - - - COMMENT - - - - 6) (C) As reported reftels, The Bahamas is seized on the Haitian crisis. It is certainly Foreign Minister Mitchell's dominant preoccupation. It is also clear that The Bahamas regards U.S. leadership and engagement on Haiti as crucial to any peaceful outcome. As has also become increasingly explicit in Mitchell's recent statements, while The Bahamas and CARICOM lobby for peace, they have concluded that a peaceful outcome without international intervention is increasingly unlikely. WITAJEWSKI
HOLY SEE COMMITTED TO STABILITY FOR HAITI
UNCLAS VATICAN 000882 SIPDIS SENSITIVE DEPT FOR EUR/WE (LEVIN); WHA/CAR E.O. 12958 N/A TAGS: PREL PHUM HA VT SUBJECT: HOLY SEE COMMITTED TO STABILITY FOR HAITI ------- SUMMARY ------- ¶1. (SBU) FOLLOWING ARISTIDE'S RESIGNATION AND DEPARTURE FROM HAITI, THE HOLY SEE TOLD US THAT THE HAITIAN BISHOPS WERE READY TO WORK ACTIVELY WITH A PROVISIONAL ADMINISTRATION TO HELP ENSURE A PEACEFUL TRANSITION OF POWER. THE SECRETARIAT OF STATE IS IN CLOSE CONTACT WITH THE HAITIAN BISHOPS AND PAPAL NUNCIO IN PORT-AU-PRINCE, AND HAS URGED THEM TO EXERT A CALMING INFLUENCE ON THE POPULACE. END SUMMARY. ----------------------------------------- BISHOPS READY TO WORK WITH NEW GOVERNMENT ----------------------------------------- ¶2. (SBU) THE HOLY SEE'S DEPUTY FOREIGN MINISTER PIETRO PAROLIN TOLD THE DCM MARCH 4 THAT THE HAITIAN BISHOPS AND THE VATICAN NUNCIO WERE READY TO WORK WITH A NEW TRANSITIONAL HAITIAN ADMINISTRATION TO ENSURE A PEACEFUL RESTORATION OF ORDER. PAROLIN SAID THE PAPAL NUNCIO TO HAITI HAD BEEN IN ROME DURING THE HEIGHT OF THE CRISIS BUT HAD NOW RETURNED TO PORT-AU-PRINCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO HELP FACILITATE THE TRANSITION AND WORK WITH THE BISHOPS TO ENCOURAGE CALM AND PATIENCE AMONG THE HAITIAN PEOPLE. THE DFM EXPRESSED INTEREST IN LATEST DEVELOPMENTS ON THE GROUND, AND ASKED ABOUT THE NEWS REPORTS ABOUT ARISTIDE'S CLAIMS OF BEING FORCED TO RESIGN, WHICH DCM EMPHASIZED HAD NO BASIS IN FACT. PAROLIN VOICED NO REGRET AT ARISTIDE'S DEPARTURE, NOTING THAT THE FORMER PRIEST HAD BEEN AN ACTIVE PROPONENT OF VOODOO. ------------------------- IT WAS TIME FOR HIM TO GO ------------------------- ¶3. (SBU) EVEN BEFORE ARISTIDE'S DEPARTURE, POPE JOHN PAUL II HAD APPEALED TO HAITIANS "TO MAKE THE COURAGEOUS DECISIONS THEIR COUNTRY REQUIRED," AND HAD URGED THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY AND AID ORGANIZATIONS TO DO WHAT THEY COULD TO AVERT A GREATER CRISIS. THIS WAS SEEN AS A VEILED REFERENCE TO ARISTIDE'S LEAVING POWER. SINCE FEBRUARY 29, THE VATICAN HAS HAD NO OFFICIAL PUBLIC COMMENT ON ARISTIDE'S RESIGNATION; HOWEVER, THE VATICAN'S CARIBBEAN AFFAIRS DIRECTOR MONSIGNOR GIORGIO LINGUA SAID THAT THE HOLY SEE SAW NO OTHER WAY OUT OF THE CRISIS AND THOUGHT THE FORMER PRIEST HAD TO GO. LINGUA SAID MARCH 3 THAT IT WAS IMPORTANT THAT AN INTERNATIONAL FORCE QUICKLY RESTORE ORDER IN HAITI SO THAT A PEACEFUL GOVERNMENTAL TRANSITION COULD TAKE PLACE. HE ADDED, HOWEVER, THAT A POLITICAL SOLUTION SHOULD NOT BE IMPOSED FROM OUTSIDE. LINGUA SAID HE SAW SEVERAL HOPEFUL SIGNS THAT THE TRANSITION COULD OCCUR WITHOUT A BLOOD BATH, POINTING OUT THAT REBEL LEADER GUY PHILIPPE SEEMED TO HAVE BEEN CONVINCED TO STAND DOWN AND ESCHEW POLITICAL POWER IN LINE WITH HIS INITIAL PROMISE THAT HIS SOLDIERS WOULD COOPERATE WITH INTERNATIONAL FORCES. ----------------------- CATHOLIC RELIEF AT RISK ----------------------- ¶4. (U) ROME-BASED MEDIA HAVE REPORTED THAT CATHOLIC CHURCH RELIEF ORGANIZATIONS, INCLUDING U.S.-BASED CATHOLIC RELIEF SERVICES (CRS) HAVE SUFFERED CONSIDERABLE LOSSES OF FOOD STOCKS AND VEHICLES BECAUSE OF LOOTING -- WHICH CRS OFFICIALS REPORT IS CONTINUING. DFM PAROLIN NOTED THAT THE HOLY SEE WOULD APPRECIATE INTERNATIONAL SUPPORT TO RESTART THE RELIEF PIPELINES AND GET THE NEEDED FOOD AND SUPPLIES OUT TO THE PEOPLE IN NEED. NICHOLSON
CONFIDENTIAL: CARICOM SURPRISED, UPSET, BUT NOT ANGRY BEING LEFT
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 NASSAU 000487 SIPDIS NSC FOR TOM SHANNON E.O. 12958: DECL: 03/09/2014 TAGS: PREL PGOV SMIG HA BF SUBJECT: CARICOM SURPRISED, UPSET, BUT NOT ANGRY BEING LEFT OUT OF ARISTIDE'S DEPARTURE Classified By: CHARGE ROBERT M. WITAJEWSKI FOR REASONS 1.4 (B) AND (D). SUMMARY - - - - ¶1. (C) Charge and Political Officer met with the Bahamian Ambassador to Haiti, Dr. Eugene Newry, and the Under Secretary in the Consular Section at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Bahamian-Haitian expert, Mr. Carlton Wright, on March 8, 2004 to discuss Bahamian views of the current situation in Haiti. Ambassador Newry claimed that Caricom is not "angry" with the U.S. involvement in the departure of Aristide, but rather was "surprised" by the abrupt decision-making, and Caricom's lack of involvement. Newry downplayed incendiary phrases in Caricom's statement on Haiti such as expressing "alarm and dismay" as matter-of-fact descriptions of members' disappointment, but on a positive note he was quick to say that Caricom will be satisfied as long as their 10-point action plan remains the basis for post-Aristide Haiti and is implemented "as quickly and painlessly as possible." Only history, declared Newry, can determine whether or not ex-President Aristide left voluntarily, because neither he (i.e., The Bahamas) nor his regional colleagues were involved in that process. Bahamian officials were extremely complimentary and positive about joint U.S.-Bahamian efforts to deter or interdict intending Haitian immigrants. END SUMMARY. "LIKE A RIVER, THINGS MUST MOVE ON" - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶2. (C) At a meeting with the Charge, Bahamian Ambassador to Haiti, Dr. Eugene Newry, characterized Caricom's harshly worded "Statement on the Situation in Haiti" as "frank," but was not a message of "anger." In fact, he said he and fellow Bahamian officials were quite pleased that changes being implemented now in Haiti, such as the Tripartite Council and the Council of Eminent Persons, come straight from the 10-Point Caricom Plan for Haiti. In Newry's opinion, the only place in which Caricom has disagreed with the Opposition was in its desire for the Democratic Platform to be the only political group. ¶3. (C) Although Ambassador Newry suggested that Caricom's members were irritated with the lack of consultation and the abruptness by which Aristide left office, he also indicated that Caricom is pleased, nonetheless, that its plan is apparently still being implemented. As he put it, "a rose by any other name is still a rose." He said he will leave it to the historians to determine what exactly happened on the night Aristide fled Haiti. However, he concluded, Caricom needs to get over its pique because "like a river, things must move on", and he understood that Haiti cannot advance without the help that only the United States with the ancillary support of other "major powers" such as Canada and France could deliver. WHEN WILL CARICOM RE-ENGAGE? - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶4. (C) When asked at what The Bahamas would "re-engage" in Haiti, Ambassador Newry ardently argued that neither Caricom nor The Bahamas has ever "disengaged" from Haiti. He stressed that he only left Haiti for "consultations" with the Bahamian Government, and that as the only Caricom ambassador actually resident in Haiti, he plans to return "shortly." When pressed, however, Ambassador Newry acknowledged that he couldn't define a time frame. But, he hastened to add, from Nassau he was in "daily contact" with Ambassador Foley and both pro-Aristide and opposition figures in Haiti. ¶5. (C) From a personnel standpoint, Ambassador Newry admitted that Caricom would not be involved in the initial multinational interim force in Haiti, but said that Caricom would be willing to participate -- if only symbolically -- in the follow-on stabilization UN presence. He thinks that this stabilization phase could start as early as the next 60 days. INTERIM HAITIAN GOVERNMENT - NOT TOO SHABBY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶6. (C) Ambassador Newry told Charge and political officer that he was pleasantly surprised with the transition now occurring. He indicated that it was a good sign that the Haitian people overall had focused their mistrust and dislike on the ex-President. He said that his contacts with the opposition has assured him that they would continue to work with the Lavalas party and that the party itself had not been tainted by the same image of corruption as was ex-President Aristide. Newry also found to be positive the fact that the interim government retained some of the people closely associated with ex-President Aristide in positions of power. Ambassador Newry took this as a sign of good faith on the part of the opposition. ¶7. (C) Discussing the composition of the interim authority, Ambassador Newry was optimistic. He knew personally and professionally many of the members of the Tripartite Committee as well as the Council of Eminent Persons and considered them of high calibre. He also considered it an asset that these individuals were not predominantly attorneys, but rather surgeons, sociologists, and other professionals. ¶8. (C) The Bahamian representative in Haiti believed that it would be premature to try to hold elections in the near future. In his view, he thought that it would take at least 90 days for the interim government to re-establish itself. Newry did not believe that the country's political parties would be prepared to hold meaningful elections for at least twelve to eighteen months, at best. ¶9. (C) Asked about the danger of the interim authority using the period until elections to consolidate its power and thereby arrange to win the forthcoming elections, Ambassador Newry said that this had been anticipated by Caricom in its action plan. As a consequence, one of the key elements in Caricom's action plan was a stipulation that no one in the transitional government in Haiti can run for office once the permanent government is established. Ambassador Newry saw this provision as a "sign of maturity" and a way to prevent innumerable problems. U.S.- BAHAMIAN COOPERATION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶10. (C) Turning to U.S.-Bahamian cooperation to prevent an outflow of Haitian migrants to either The Bahamas or to the United States, the Bahamian Foreign Ministry officials were effusive in their praise of the current effort. The U.S., and Bahamian, presence in the Windward Passage had "never been so successful" in deterring an outflow of illegal migrants, Newry declared. While noting the costs of such an on-going operation, both Newry and Wright acknowledged that it was still much less expensive for The Bahamas that would be the total costs of detaining, maintaining, and then re-patriating illegal Haitian migrants once they reached The Bahamas. COMMENT - - - - ¶10. (C) Ambassador Newry was perhaps overreaching in trying to put a positive spin on Caricom's March 3 statement on Haiti and reflecting more of the real politik position that The Bahamas takes regarding Haitian migration than the more ideological position of some of the other, less affected, Caricom members. Newry has also briefed both the Prime Minister and the Cabinet en banc on the situation in Haiti and his effusive praise of U.S.-Bahamian cooperation in the Windward Passage reflects the realism of Prime Minister Perry Christie and Deputy Prime Minister Cynthia Pratt than Foreign Minister Fred Mitchell. Surprisingly, Newry downplayed ex-President Aristide's attempt to remain engaged from afar. He did not think that Aristide's attempts to regain support via press encounters in the Central African Republic would impact on future Haiti developments. His one caveat was that Aristide's Lavalas Party is still extremely organized, especially relative to the loose coalition of opposition "parties" united only by a negative...their opposition to Aristide. His fear was that Aristide's support network would re-group in time for the next set of elections while the Opposition coalition would fall apart fall once the "negative force," i.e., Aristide, disappeared from the scene as an effective player. WITAJEWSKI
NIGERIA OFFERS ARISTIDE A “STAGING POST”
UNCLAS ABUJA 000506 SIPDIS SENSITIVE E.O. 12958: N/A TAGS: PREL HA NI SUBJECT: NIGERIA OFFERS ARISTIDE A "STAGING POST" FOR A FEW WEEKS SENSITIVE BUT UNCLASSIFIED, NOT FOR PUBLICATION ON THE INTERNET OR INTRANET. ¶1. (SBU) In response to what it said was a request from the Caribbean Economic Community (CARICOM), on March 22 the GON offered Haitian ex-president Aristide refuge in Nigeria for a few weeks before moving on to another destination. President Obasanjo's press spokesman, Oluremi ("Remi") Oyo, issued a press release (text below) to that effect and said much the same thing in interviews carried by BBC radio and other outlets. ¶2. (SBU) The press release says the GON agreed after consultations with African leaders, the African Union leadership, the USG and "other concerned authorities." Staff at the Foreign Ministry and at the office of the National Security Advisor told us March 23 they learned of the offer from the press, and know nothing about such consultations. The Presidency told us Aristide has not yet responded to the offer (as of noon March 23), and said it had no information on the USG and other consultations mentioned in the press release. ¶3. (SBU) COMMENT: Two items seem important: Will Aristide come, and if so under what terms? Confusion over what was agreed when Charles Taylor came to Nigeria has long been a problem. Taylor is not the only political exile in Nigeria, which has a history of offering asylum to fleeing leaders. Post requests guidance from the Department on discussing Aristide with the GON, and talking points for the public on whatever USG role there may or may not have been in the Nigerian offer to Aristide. ¶4. (U) Begin text of the Nigerian Presidency press release: NIGERIA GRANTS CARICOM REQUEST ON FORMER HAITIAN LEADER The Caribbean Economic Community (CARICOM) under the leadership of Prime Minister P.J. Patterson of Jamaica, has requested Nigeria to consider giving former President Jean-Bertrand Aristide of Haiti "a staging post" for a few weeks until his movement to another destination. After receiving the CARICOM request, Nigeria undertook widespread consultations with African leaders, the leadership of the African Union, the U.S. Government and other concerned authorities. Following the concurrence received after those consultations, Nigeria has agreed to grant the request from CARICOM. Oluremi Oyo (Mrs.) SSA to the President end text. ROBERTS
CONFIDENTIAL:BAHAMIAN PERSPECTIVE ON CARICOM AND HAITI
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 03 NASSAU 000733 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 04/06/2014 TAGS: PREL PGOV PHSA HA BF CARICOM SUBJECT: BAHAMIAN PERSPECTIVE ON CARICOM AND HAITI REF: SECSTATE 71329 Classified By: Charge Robert M. Witajewski for Reasons 1.4 (b) and (d). SUMMARY - - - - - - - - - ¶1. (C) Charge hosted a lunch for the Bahamian Foreign Minister Fred Mitchell, and Foreign Ministry Permanent Secretary, Ms. Patricia Rodgers on March 29. A/DCM and Consular Section Head also participated. The discussion covered a number of topics: The dynamics of recently-completed Caricom heads of government inter-sessional meeting, Caricom-U.S. relations, status of Bahamian ratification of the bilateral Comprehensive Maritime Agreement (CMA), the status of ex-Haitian President Jean Bertrand Aristide, and Caricom,s request of UN investigation of the events related to Aristide,s resignation and departure from Haiti. End of Summary CARICOM INTER-SESSIONAL MEETING IN ST. KITTS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶2. (C) The Charge began the discussion by asking Foreign Minister Mitchell "How did the meeting go in St. Kitts?" Mitchell responded that Caricom,s statement reflected the aggregate view of Caricom members, however he continued, the Bahamas maintains its own views on these matters. Mitchell revealed a bit of internal Caricom dynamics in his response. According to FM Mitchell, there was a definite "north-south" division within Caricom on Haiti. In contrast to the more categorical positions taken by Grenada, Guyana, Surinam, and Trinidad and Tobago, he claimed, the "northern Caribbean countries" who have more concrete interests took more "considered" positions regarding Haiti because of their geographic proximity. The northern Caribbean countries, he continued, are obliged to deal with the realities and are also cognizant of the importance of their relations with the United States and thus are more careful in balancing their interests with Caricom and the U.S. The southern Caribbean members are more detached from the practical issues and are guided by political agendas, according to the Bahamian Foreign Minister. ¶3. (C) Continuing on the Haiti theme, Foreign Minister Mitchell expressed the view that the United States overreacted to Jamaica,s offer to let ex-President Aristide reside in the country and to Caricom,s declarations. He appeared to be arguing that Caricom was entitled to express its views and not necessarily be held accountable for them. Mitchell also claimed that despite Caricom,s verbal shots at the United States over recent events in Haiti, there would be little net impact on overall U.S.-Caricom relations...as long as the United States didn't "overreact." ¶4. (C) Expressing irritation at Caricom,s cumbersome decision-making style, Mitchell complained that too much time was wasted by the ceremonial opening and closing of the sessions as each successive host felt compelled to spend time and money on needless pomp and circumstance. He also expressed annoyance at the prolixity of his colleagues, noting that had not each government head not insisted on "getting their own paragraph" into the final declaration, they might have both accomplished more and not have been forced to hold their closing press conference at 2 a.m. in the morning. CARICOM,S SPECIAL ENVOY AND CALLS FOR AN INVESTIGATION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶5. (C) Regarding the naming of Caricom,s "special envoy" to address the Haiti issue, Mitchell indicated that Caricom had been unable to reach consensus on who this person should be by the end of the inter-sessional and that this would be subject to continued intra-Caricom negotiations. He said that personally hoped that it would be an individual who both had prior diplomatic experience and someone closer to The Bahamas, position on Haiti than that of some eastern Caribbean states. He discounted the prospect of anyone from The Bahamas being selected for this role. ¶6. (C) Asked to clarify Caircom,s call for an investigation into the circumstances of Aristide,s resignation, Mitchell sought to downplay its significance. He said that he personally envisioned the "investigation" as equivalent to resolution of a "routine credentials challenge" to a government such as occurs at the UNGA or another committee. If the LaTortue government is seen to be exercising effective control in the country then, thought Mitchell, it ought to be seated in Haiti,s chair at the UN without controversy, Mitchell claimed. He explicitly sought to minimize the scope, the impact, and the significance of the Caricom-requested investigation -- but without indicating whether his views reflected a broader Caricom view, those of the Bahamian Cabinet, or his own personal view of an exit strategy out of Caricom's dilemma. ¶7. (C) Questioned about recognition of the LaTortue government, FM Mitchell reiterated his previous statements that most Caricom members, as does The Bahamas, follow the "Estrada Doctrine" when it comes to recognition and rather than making value or moral judgments about a government, will recognize whomever exercises effective control in Haiti as that country's legitimate government. He assured the Charge that The Bahamas would not break with its long-held policy of dealing with any government in control in Haiti, pointing out that bilateral relations between The Bahamas and Haiti had never been suspended during the transition from Aristide to LaTortue Foreign Minister Mitchell complained that the press has exaggerated the recognition controversy and that matters were not as bad as they appeared to be. He noted that Haitian Prime Minister LaTortue had called him personally and assured him that press reports on Haiti refusing to permit the return of the Bahamian Ambassador to Haiti were totally untrue. Mitchell also cited repeated phone conversations between LaTortue and Jamaica's Prime Minister P.J. Patterson, who apparently had a close working relationship in the past, as evidence that Caricom and the new Haitian government could work together. He said that he expected the Haitian Ambassador to return to The Bahamas in the near future as well. Ex-President Jean Aristide in Jamaica - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶8. (C) The Foreign Minister insisted that the United States should not be concerned with, or opposed to, Aristide,s presence in the Caribbean. He argued that a perceived "Banishing Policy" has racial and historical overtones in the Caribbean that reminds inhabitants of the region of slavery and past abuse. The Charge inquired on what would happen if Aristide were to meddle with Haitian internal affairs and give his supporters the impression that he is still a player in the future of Haiti. Foreign Minister Mitchell was emphatic that Jamaica will not allow Aristide to play such an intrusive role and would "deal" with Aristide if such a situation were to arise. COMPREHENSIVE MARITIME AGREEMENT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶9. (C) Queried about the status of ratification of the comprehensive maritime agreement (CMA) that has now been negotiated over the last 18 months, FM Mitchell reported that due to the document,s significance and complexity it had been decided to prepare a formal briefing to the entire Cabinet. Optimistically, Mitchell thought that this could completed in two cabinet sessions over a two-week period. Questioned about the need for such a time-consuming review of what is essentially a codification and rationalization of existing agreements, Mitchell again wistfully muse about how the Bahamian cabinet decision-making process might be improved. He related that he had learned as a result of his Caricom attendance that in other Commonwealth countries, debate and intervention on issues in the cabinet is restricted to their ministers whose portfolios are directly impacted by the issue, or ministers that assert fundamental issues of principle. In contrast, Mitchell intimated, in the Christie Cabinet of the Bahamas operates much less efficiently since any minister can intervene and express a view on any issue before the government. JOINT TASK FORCE MEETING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ¶10. (C) Queried about his preferences for a date for the next session of the Joint Task Force on Illegal Drug Interdiction (JTF), Mitchell expressed agreement for an early summer meeting in late May/early June. He agreed with Charge,s suggestion that the JTF would best be held following ratification of the CMA and successful implementation of a major anti-drug round-up that is being planned for the near future so that participants could review both past successes since the last JTF meeting and consider specific goals to be accomplished for the coming year. COMMENT - - - - - - - - - - ¶11. (C) Foreign Minister Mitchell was his usual business-like self during lunch as he pursued his agenda of downplaying the consequences of a division between Caricom and the United States on Haiti. Underlying many of Mitchell's arguments was the premise that Caricom/The Bahamas as small countries take (and are entitled to take) principled stands while the United States necessarily engages in real politik. ¶12. (C) Despite a life-long career as a politician in a country were politics is personalized to the extreme, neither kissing babies nor making small talk comes naturally to Fred Mitchell. He prefers to deal with agendas expeditiously and then engage in philosophical discussions or reviews of international relations drawing on his seminars at Harvard,s Kennedy School. Holding two time-consuming portfolio,s (managing the civil service and foreign policy) is also taking its toll on Mitchell,s private time. Mitchell told Charge a year ago that he hoped to write a twelve-chapter (one chapter for each month of the year) book combining policy, history, and personal ideology to be published on his fifty-first birthday. Ruefully, he admitted that he hasn,t progress beyond chapter four. WITAJEWSKI
WEISUNG 4 ZUM EINSATZ DER BUNDESWEHR – MEMO 4 ABOUT THE BUNDESWEHR
GEHEIMES PROTOKOLL ZUM ABLAUF DER LOVE PARADE 2011 – SECRET MEMO ABOUT THE PROJECTED COURSE OF THE LOVE PARADE IN 2011
STRENG VERTRAULICH: INTERNES PAPIER DER DEUTSCHEN BANK ZUR KUNDENBETREUUNG
THE BILDERBERG GROUP HISTORY
The Impact of the Financial Services Meltdown on The Global Economy And The Meltdown on The Global Economy And The Private Equity Private Equity Industry
The Impact of the Financial Services Meltdown on The Global Economy And The Meltdown on The Global Economy And The Private Equity Private Equity Industry
by David Rubenstein, Co- Founder, Carlyle Group
Günther Wallraff “Der Aufmacher” – Unzensiert
Regierungsprogramm der CDU/ CSU 2009 – 2013 zum Downloaden
The 10 Most Influential Media People This Year (According To The TIME 100)
It’s that time of year again.
Time magazine has released the Time 100, its annual list of the 100 most influential people in the world, as it does every year, to be followed by a swanky party next week at the Time Warner Centre (to which I am told press are no longer allowed to attend).
Unlike its annual Person of the Year, Time doesn’t rank the Top 100, but merely lists them grouped in categories and pairs them with fun write-ups done by equally high profile people.
You can see the full list and accompanying write-ups here.
Julian Assange
Give Time extra credit for their profile pairing on this one. Here is Germaine Greer on Assange:The media were easily convinced that WikiLeaks was a person, and unaware of how vulnerable he really was, Assange played the part to the hilt. Egregious to the last, he is convinced that his prosecution for rape in the Swedish courts was engineered by vengeful U.S. intelligence, unable to grasp the plain fact that his callous treatment made two women angry enough to seek redress.
There were many scoops but few surprises amid what we learned from WikiLeaks. Regardless of what happens to Assange, which he will almost certainly not deserve, the construction of stateless, secure and indestructible Internet drop boxes cannot be undone. Secrets will never be safe again.
Michele Bachmann
Rush Limbaugh: If she were liberal, she’d be celebrated from the mountaintops. But she’s conservative. So because she is smart, talented and accomplished and a natural leader — not to mention attractive — the left brands her as a flame-throwing lightweight. They underestimate her at their own risk.
Arianna Huffington
Belinda Luscombe: In 2005, with little more than her impregnable charm, thicket of friends and contacts and outsize chutzpah, she launched the golden goose of news websites (or of any business) — popular, adroit, cheap as chips to run and named after her.
Hung Huang
Diane Von Furstenberg: These days Hung, 49, is hugely influential in Chinese culture, tweeting with humor and intelligence to 2.5 million people. She runs a fashion magazine called iLook, owns a store featuring Chinese designers and recently became the director of the first design museum in China…What makes Hung unique is that she understands America, its pragmatism and practices, yet she remains a true Chinese patriot.
Saad Mohsnei
Rupert Murdoch: Through his ownership of newspaper and TV properties, he has become, without a doubt, the most influential media figure in Afghanistan and plays a big role in shaping public opinion there. He has shown great courage in publicly and strongly criticizing the Karzai government for corruption and incompetence. He hasn’t been afraid to show men and women on TV—a practice the Taliban did not allow.
Ayman Mohyeldin
Dan Rather: Many journalists did good work in Egypt at the country’s — and the region’s — historic turning point, but none matched Mohyeldin, 31. He put us in the middle of the action and took us behind the scenes…By dint of his experience, persistence and talent, he lifted the profile and reputation of the al-Jazeera network. And for one brief, shining moment, he was the best in the world.
Joe Scarborough
Michael Bloomberg: As a group, cable-television talk-show hosts are not exactly known for independent political analysis that is free of partisan favoritism, but that is exactly what makes Joe Scarborough, 48, so refreshing—and so important. Joe’s approach to politics is the same as mine: call ’em like you see ’em, and even if people don’t agree with you on every issue—and they won’t—they will respect you for being honest.
Hu Shuli
Adi Ignatius: After a dispute with her publisher, Hu left the magazine in 2009 and set up Caixin Century, now a paragon of reporting brilliance in China. In February it ran a commentary on Egypt that any savvy reader would link to China. “Autocracy creates turbulence,” it read, “democracy breeds peace.”
Oprah Winfrey
Ted Turner: She has not only made it to the top with the cards stacked against her, but she has also made extraordinary contributions to our global community through her philanthropic efforts.
Mark Zuckerberg
Image: Ap
April Capone: I never knew when I created a Facebook account to connect with friends, relatives and constituents that I would find one of my residents who needed a kidney. But there was Carlos Sanchez, like some sort of cyberspace SOS on my NewsFeed, contacting as many people as he could to find a new chance at life….Would I have been his donor without Facebook? We’ll never know. But Facebook allowed me to sit quietly in my office and say to myself, You’re up! Answer this call!
Read more: http://www.businessinsider.com/time-100-assange-zuckerberg-oprah-100-2011-4?op=1#ixzz1TcEB50FE
CONFIDENTIAL: DOMINICAN POLITICS #8: FERNANDEZ, THE RIO GROUP
Viewing cable 04SANTODOMINGO6213, DOMINICAN POLITICS #8: FERNANDEZ, THE RIO GROUP
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 04 SANTO DOMINGO 006213 SIPDIS STATE FOR WHA, WHA/CAR, WHA/EPSC, INL; NSC FOR SHANNON AND MADISON;LABOR FOR ILAB; USCINCSO ALSO FOR POLAD;TREASURY FOR OASIA-LCARTER; USDOC FOR 4322/ITA/MAC/WH/CARIBBEAN BASIN DIVISION USDOC FOR 3134/ITA/USFCS/RD/WH; DHS FOR CIS-CARLOS ITURREGUI E.O. 12958: DECL: 11/08/2014 TAGS: DR ENRG HA PGOV PREL SUBJECT: DOMINICAN POLITICS #8: FERNANDEZ, THE RIO GROUP AND HAITI REF: STATE 243180 Classified By: DCM Lisa Kubiske. Reason: 1.4 (b) and (d). ¶1. (C) Summary. When the Rio Group summit of November 4 got to the agenda item on Haiti, Dominican President Leonel Fernandez asked for hemispheric help in re-instilling democracy in that &narco-state,8 but he put a big front wrong in advocating the inclusion in the process of former president Jean Bertrand Aristide. Following a November 6 conversation with the Ambassador, Fernandez agreed that Aristide was distinct from Lavalas, and said he meant to say that groups with broad popular support needed to be included in the process. The Ambassador and several other ambassadors see President Fernandez November 16 to discuss Haiti further, per reftel. ¶2. (C) Dominicans are continually worried about the other half of Hispaniola, and with good reason -- perhaps a million Haitians reside in the Dominican Republic already, many of them undocumented. The February 2004 hostilities in Haiti did not cause any significant cross-border movements but the Dominican military temporarily reinforced the border and the Dominican Congress precipitately voiced its opposition to any eventual proposal to establish refugee camps on national territory. ¶3. (C) The official press release from the presidency offers an account of the Dominican positions at the meeting. (See para 4 below.) It includes two elements of concern two us: a calculated reference to Aristide and a quote from Hugo Chavez blaming &a large part of the disorder in that brother country8 on the United States. Chief of staff Danilo Medina said that the press release was not cleared elsewhere in the palace. See septel for discussion of the Dominican-Venezuelan questions. ¶4. (U) Following is our informal translation of the release, which played extensively in the Dominican press: - - - - - - - - - - - (begin text) Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The presidents of Latin America declared their determination to provide concrete help to Haiti in establishing a true democratic order where institutions function and all participants may be brought together for a dialogue on the future of the country. Responding to a proposal by President Leonel Fernandez, the heads of state and government meeting at the XVIII Rio Group Summit agreed in the need for the re-establishment in Haiti of peaceful coexistence and institutional order, so that in the future a constitutional convention may be assembled. President Fernandez, who offered an analysis of the historical roots of Haiti,s ingovernability, stated that in that Caribbean nation there exists a power vacuum and a great scarcity as a clandestine economy functions based on narcotics trafficking. &Haiti, a theme of discussion of the Latin American leaders participating in this summit, is a narco-state subjugated to poverty and human degradation, such that we the countries of Latin America have the historical responsibility of going to its aid,8 he emphasized. He said that within a democracy there should be participation of all sectors, and that in Haiti there is a political leader with great popular support, Jean Bertrand Aristide, who should be involved in the process for a democratic solution and establishment of stability and democracy. The Dominican leader called on the Rio Group to make a profound analysis of the Haitian situation, given this immense undertaking, so that the presence of the MINUSTAH can be transformed in a clear and decisive manner to cooperate in building a true state of laws. The Dominican president,s analysis of the Haitian crisis was seconded and approved by 11 of the presidents present, who in their remarks expressed support to the Dominican initiative seeking immediate support for Haiti. President of Venezuela Hugo Chavez, who will visit the Dominican republic this Saturday, said, &We should go to the aid of Haiti, but a great deal of the fault for the disorder in that brother country lies with the United States.8 The president of Paraguay Nicanor Duarte said that countries meeting here should offer support for building a true democracy in haiti, with sovereignty and with respect for its cultural roots. The president of Panama Martin Torrijos backed the position of the Dominican leader and said that he was ready to offer cooperation in elections, welcoming the position of President Fernandez. At the same time, the Vice President of El Salvador, Ana Vilma de Escobar, spoke of the need to restore order and to organize a constitutional convention in which all participants can find consensus and will respect the rules of the game. &We should carry out a crusade to recover multi-lateralism, so that we can work at establishing order in Haiti, and then work in favor of a civilized co-existence where conversations about the future can begin,8 commented the president of Bolivia, Carlos Mesa. When his turn came, the president of Guatemala, Eduardo Stein Braillas, affirmed that the efforts to assist the Caribbean nation should be carried out jointly with the United Nations, but added the self-criticism that the countries of Latin America did not take decisions concerning that nation when they faced the need to do so. Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, November 4, 2004. Office of Information, Press, and Public Relations. (end text) - - - - - - - - - - - ¶5. (C) The Aristide comment appeared to come out of nowhere. Fernandez had not previously discussed Aristide by name in conversations with us, or with our French and Canadian counterparts. ¶6. (C) Perhaps the greatest surprise for us was the palace's presumption that there would be no downside. The next-day in-house press analysis by Fernandez's strategy unit concluded that there was "no risk" associated with his comments and that Fernandez was "presenting himself as an element of international cooperation." Fernandez Backtracks - - - - - - - - - - ¶7. (C) On November 6, during a pull-aside at a social event, the Ambassador admonished Fernandez that his reference to Aristide was a serious mistake, one that had the potential of further inflaming a situation already dangerous for the Haitian people and for the international peacekeeping force. Fernandez replied that given popular support for Lavalas, it would have to be part of the situation. The Ambassador was direct: Aristide had led a violent gang involved in narcotics trafficking and had squandered any credibility he formerly may have had. "Nobody has given me any information about that," Fernandez replied. The Ambassador insisted that no supporter of human rights and democracy could in good conscience allow Aristide and his close supporters back into the situation in Haiti. Fernandez listened and eventually agreed to distinguish between Aristide and Lavalas. He asked for any information on Aristide that the United States might be able to share with him. ¶7. (C) On November 9 the Ambassador, DCM and EcoPol chief questioned presidential chief of staff Danilo Medina about the reference to Aristide. Medina suggested that the President hadn't meant Aristide, but rather the Lavalas political movement; the Ambassador questioned that interpretation. Emboffs pointed out that Aristide had been named in the press release and questioned the inclusion in a Dominican press release of the anti-U.S. remark by Chavez. Medina professed not to have seen or cleared the release, which had been drafted by the press office. He said that in future, press texts would be routed through his office before release. ¶8. (C) The Ambassador meets with President Fernandez to discuss Haiti (using reftel talking points) on the evening of November 16, accompanied by the French, Canadian, British and Spanish ambassadors. We will report septel on the results of that discussion. HERTELL
GEHEIME LISTE DER VON LYCOS ZENSIERTEN INTERNET-DOMAINS
http://www.adressbuchbetrug-info.net
http://www.adressbuchbetrug.info
http://www.adressbuchbetrug.vu
http://www.gegenjustizunrecht.vu
http://www.ergomar-ergolding.de/pagedeutsch/wellness/massage_kosmetik.php
http://www.sportswearshop.net
http://www.cartoonland.de/archiv/the-simpsons-movie
http://www.verunsicherung.de/extra/2005-03-11.html
http://www.hochschulwerk.de/wohnungsmarkt.php4?action=detail&strid=124&page=1&wid=1699
http://www.videostore-deutschland.com
blog.libero.it/inutileblog/view.php?id=inutileblog&mm=0&gg=071010
http://www.unita.de
membres.lycos.fr/bretey/euro
http://www.samenundpflanzen.de
archiv.mopo.de/archiv/2001/20011026/20011026123.html
http://www.mundoanuncio.com
http://www.weltverschwoerung.de
http://www.findthelinks.com/theory/conspiracy/cia.htm
archive.theargus.co.uk/2002/9/19/150002.html
http://www.teambuilder.it
teambuilder.ch
http://www.schloss-girsberg.ch/sommertheater/amphitryon/buero/debugalles.php5
http://www.cl44.org/newsletter45332/february_2003.pdf
portland.indymedia.org/en/2002/10/28719.shtml
findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qn4158/is_20021023/ai_n12653413
members.lycos.co.uk/iuewtwh/financial-ratios-debt.html
http://www.debtmanagementplace.co.uk/2007/10/29/trimming-your-debt-with-eurodebt-wwweurodebtcouk
s107349834.websitehome.co.uk/democomsingle
http://www.forsoho.co.uk/search/result.asp?qa=eurodebt&x=0&y=0&ag=ftc713838
members.lycos.nl/zrewyi/eurodebt-financial-services.html
http://www.topsearch10.com/search.php?aid=34671&said=net35&q=debt+consolidation
usuarios.lycos.es/aewteuj/eurodebt.html
http://www.ifabonus.co.uk/index.php?name=news&file=article&sid=1762
http://www.eurodebt.ie/uncategorized/second-test-post
geo.ya.com/hrewwy/eurodebt.html
http://www.apsique.com/foro/anuncios
http://www.mikrocontroller.net/topic/74708
dsgtew.dzaba.com/eurodebt-financial-services.html
membres.lycos.fr/urture/eurodebt-financial-services.html
reuiwv.up-a.com/eurodebt-financial-services.html
eurodebt.net
utenti.lycos.it/reyufsw/euro
http://www.eurodebt.ie/contact-us
http://www.proxx.de/partner.html
usuarios.lycos.es/utisuwr
mitglied.lycos.de/retreu
members.lycos.nl/nertreu
utenti.lycos.it/bewgewi
membres.lycos.fr/bwrweyu
http://www.farfadet-maussade.com
http://www.eurodebtrecovery.com
fdherh.deperiodistas.net/eurodebt-financial-services.html
usuarios.lycos.es/utisuwr/eurodebt.html
mitglied.lycos.de/retreu/eurodebt-financial-services.html
members.lycos.nl/nertreu/eurodebt.html
http://www.clickajob.co.uk/company_profiles/eurodebt
http://www.debtcritic.co.uk/eurodebt.php
utenti.lycos.it/bewgewi/eurodebt.html
membres.lycos.fr/bwrweyu/eurodebt.html
http://www.kommunikationssystem.de/news/frieden/iraq-usa:-ein-traum-fuer-scharfschuetzen-iraqi-resistance-report-19.-april-2004-12203.html
http://www.optikernetz.de/optikernetz/news/newsuebersicht.php?we_lv_start_news=40
forum.politik.de/forum/showthread.php?t=57209&page=3
http://www.beoffice.de
http://www.phallostretch.de
http://www.phallosan.com
forum.politik.de/forum/archive/index.php/t-57209.html
forum.politik.de/forum/showpost.php?p=1352839&postcount=44
http://www.lycos.de/1001stadt/anzeigen_detail.html,,s_24466__a_29d69d2d/krefeld-unternehmensberaterin.html
http://www.angelfire.com/punk/woditu/cristian-cedolin.html
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver
http://www.faz.net/d/invest/meldung.aspx
free-service.de/gb/index.php?id=102012&start=0&l=en
http://www.ibssa.org/var/pdf/00140.pdf
forum.politik.de/forum/archive/index.php/t-57209.html
http://www.ask1.org/modules.php?name=forums&file=viewtopic&t=12790.html
frieden.kommunikationssystem.de/news/frieden/iraq-usa:-ein-traum-fuer-scharfschuetzen-iraqi-resistance-report-19.-april-2004-12203.html
http://www.magolino.de
http://www.ask1.org/post306787.html
http://www.xmail.net/veganer/domainlist.html
veg.gs/de
http://www.handycheats.de/seiten/news/mails/153/1181052605.html
http://www.faz.net/d/invest/meldung.aspx?id=48203584
http://www.heise.de/resale/termine/skin-resale/listpage-6
http://www.voip-info.de/news/newsartikel__2400.php
http://www.vigilar.com/training/ccna/index.html
http://www.umts-report.de/news.php?ida=529868&idc=236
http://www.tecchannel.de/news/themen/storage/432601
http://www.tecbootcamp.com/cisco-ccna-certification.html
http://www.speicherguide.de/magazin/aktuelles.asp?todo=de&theid=6233&bhcp=1
http://www.seminus.de/datenbanken/seminare/kategorie.cfm?id=82&oid=77
http://www.pr-inside.com/de/rss/neu-im-fast-lane-schulungsprogra-r54903.htm
http://www.pressrelations.de/new/standard/result_main.cfm?r=259034&aktion=jour_pm&quelle=1
http://www.pressemeldungen.at/1384/fast-lane-neuer-schulungskatalog-fur-2007-veroffentlicht
http://www.pressebox.de/pressemeldungen/fast-lane-institute-for-knowledge-transfer-gmbh-1/boxid-94320.html
http://www.networktraining.de/cisco/ciscoboot.html
http://www.netwind.com/html/cisco_certification_training__.html
http://www.netigator.de/netigator/live/netservices/produktinfo/powerslave,id,274,suche,.html
http://www.itseccity.de/?url=/content/markt/nachrichten/050322_mar_nac_fastlane.html
http://www.globalewirtschaft.de/pm/brfa.php?a=u2vtaw5hcmuvvhjhaw5pbmc=&w=b&z=248&beginn=25
http://www.gfn.de/training/kursliste.asp?menueview=trainings-menue&newskontext=trainingsprogramm&subkategorie=itstrategie
http://www.forum-fuer-senioren.de/artikel/50plus/presse/fast_lane_ccnp_boot_camp.html
http://www.flane.us/ap/training/kursangebot/angebot_cisco/-article-13
http://www.flane.fr/ap/course_search
http://www.flane.de/ap/standalone/course_details/-course_other-165
http://www.flane.co.uk/ap/standalone/course_details/-course_other-63
http://www.firmenpresse.de/pressinfo27014.html
http://www.fastlane.at/downloads/fl_schedule_1hj07_at_internet.pdf
http://www.digital-kameras.de/newsarchiv/022007.html
http://www.de.logicalis.com/partners/documents/fastlanekatalog05_2005.pdf
http://www.computerdata.com/course.cfm?courseid=293
http://www.cbt-software.de/content/e21/e29/thema.html?code=10024&tname=network+security+manager
http://www.businessportal24.com/de/fast_lane_zeit_ressourcen_it_78856.html
pressemitteilung.ws/node/101517
allpr.de/67559/fast-lane-ccnp-boot-camp.html
http://www.reiki-online.de/mitmachen/liste_gesamt_ort.asp?offset=275
bhhqkyrb.5gbfree.com/poesie-
oitalyworld.info/sphinx-mumm
hbqyqsni.501megs.com/winx-a
ueqrusux.501megs.com/san-car
oitalyworld.info/casio-prg-4
pqeyyzig.110mb.com/agenzie-d
plrxrpsa.0moola.com/dvd-n.ht
bhhqkyrb.5gbfree.com/poesie-dante-alighieri.html
hbqyqsni.501megs.com/winx-a.html
itsnut.org/10969-rossana-cagnolati.html
ipsiaaparma.comprarmilautomobileper.info/de/donna-islamica.htm
ueqrusux.501megs.com/san-carlo-scuola.html
http://www.angelfire.com/crazy/inzas/x-file-episodes.html
sauna-gay-nizza.nlpzqx.info
hbqyqsni.501megs.com/winx-
bhhqkyrb.5gbfree.com/poesie
pqeyyzig.110mb.com/agenzie-d
itsnut.org/10969-rossana-cag
ipsiaaparma.comprarmilautomo
oitalyworld.info/casio-prg-4
ueqrusux.501megs.com/san-car
http://www.arcitorino.it/files/lere
jomhouri.com/plus/italian.ht
http://www.angelfire.com/crazy/inza
gazzette.comune.jesi.an.it/2
http://www.iuritalia.com/gu/2003041
wf-search.csi.it/cgi-bin/tex
noircafe.splinder.com
http://www.comune.rivoli.to.it/user
http://www.professionisti-online.co
http://www.to.archiworld.it/albi/pd
http://www.comune.buttiglieraalta.t
http://www.comune.torino.it/appalti
http://www.pensatoio.it/prima.htm
http://www.xotec.de
http://www.glastonburymysteries.com
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article1afa.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207018
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article0671.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207019
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article8336.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207020
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article4c56.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207021
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article3a1a.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207022
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articlea8f4.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207023
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articleaafe.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207024
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articlee61c.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207025
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article0a83.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207026
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article3a45-2.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207027
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article3d7e.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207028
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article2de4.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207029
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articlea671.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207030
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article22d0.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207031
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article8a06.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207032
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/article30a3.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/10818001
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articleb213.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/201210001
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articleae55.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/308010006
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver/apps/pbcs.dll/articled9eb.html?aid=/20040321/secretbooks/207017
watchtower.observer.org
http://www.reexamine.org/wtobserver
www2.sf.tv/sf1/kassensturz/interaktiv/static_ihremeinung/ihremeinung_853_1.php
http://www.handwerk.com/rubriken/aktuell/dispro-fernsehen.htm?phpsessid=ca875887311abb4cb0e51bd3a8a8bab3
http://www.lycos.de/1001stadt/anzeigen_detail.html,,s_24466__a_29d69d2d/krefeld-unternehmensberaterin.html
http://www.angelfire.com/punk/woditu/cristian-cedolin.html
eros.outseek.net
eros.outseek.net/nudi-artistici.html
donbroder.wordpress.com
donbroder.twoday.net
http://www.adressbuchbetrug.vu
http://www.gegenjustizunrecht.ru
http://www.gegenjustizunrecht.vu
http://www.boulderbounce.de
http://www.motorradonline.de/archiv/ermittlungen-gegen-bmw.198022.htm
http://www.motorradonline.de/archiv/ermittlungen-gegen-bmw.198022.htm?print=1
http://www.penisplus.de
http://www.getabetter.info/rokos.htm
http://www.chrisrokos.blogspot.com
http://www.womansavers.com/forum-for-women/support-for-women/4/12705.html
http://www.chinaventurenews.com/50226711/google_seeks_thunder_across_the_great_wall.php
http://www.blaserba.ch
de.redtram.com/go/49121855
haustechnik-dialog.rqjbj.info
http://www.beobachter.ch/helponline.asp?session=&category_id=115
http://www.telor.fr
http://www.charter-dialogmarketing.de
sixcms.komedia.de/ausbau_forum/list_msg_thread.php3?forum=172
http://www.intserve.de/aggregator/categories/14?page=13
http://www.haustechnikdialog.de/forum.asp?action=reply&thema=22257
http://www.handwerk.com/rubriken/aktuell/dispro-vertragsformulare.htm
http://www.stadtwerke-hameln.de
http://www.red-skins.de/wrash/index2.php?option=com_content&do_pdf=1&id=3559
http://www.grassi.vi.it/grassi/morseletto.htm
http://www.red-skins.de/wrash/content/view/3559/2
news.ninemsn.com.au/img/world/1508_princeharry.jpg
http://www.vg.no/bilder/edrum/1155634068916_109.jpg
vipom.dk
http://www.grassipietre.it
http://www.haustechnikdialog.de/forum.asp?thema=44482
http://www.handwerk-online.de/rubriken/aktuell/dispro-fernsehen.htm
http://www.handwerk-online.de/rubriken/aktuell/irak.htm
http://www.carmigo.de/r_redheart/kontaktanzeige.jpg
de.answers.yahoo.com/question/index?qid=20060902014707aagjpmn
http://www.snakecirty.de/board/showthread.php?threadid=4167
http://www.snakecirty.de/board/showthread.php?s=b2ead4a3b296b0fa4…2ac91468231&threadid=4167
www2.sf.tv/sf1/kassensturz/index.php
http://www.sf.tv/sf1/kassensturz
counter123.de/penis_verlaengerung.htm
http://www.handwerk.com/rubriken/aktuell/245717_b.htm
http://www.beobachter.ch/artikel.asp?assetid=10289
http://www.gomopa.net/finanzforum/kredite-ohne-schufa/finanz-direkt-24-leasing-ohne-schufaeintrag-und-bankauskunft-seite-2.html
http://www.gomopa.net/finanzforum/kredite-ohne-schufa/finanz-direkt-24-leasing-ohne-schufaeintrag-und-bankauskunft.html
www7.gomopa.ch/phpbb2/viewtopic.php?p=5781
de.groups.yahoo.com/group/dreilinden98/messages/51?xm=1&m=e
http://www.snakecirty.de/board/showthread.php?threadid=4167
http://www.snakecirty.de/board/showthread.php?s=b2ead4a3b296b0fa425ed2ac91468231&threadid=4167
http://www.snakecity.cc/phpbb2/ftopic65.html
http://www.handwerk.com/rubriken/aktuell/245717_a.htm
http://www.stiftung-warentest.de/online/geldanlage_banken/meldung/20821/20821.html
http://www.smartstream-stp.com
http://www.therapeuten.de/bucak.htm
http://www.kidmed.de/forum/showtopic.php?threadid=2856
http://www.haustechnikdialog.de/forum.asp?thema=17470
http://www.haustechnikdialog.de/forum.asp?action=reply&thema=17470
http://www.gesellschaftsmuell.com
http://www.klaus-maurischat-wanted.com
http://www.gomopa-finanzsuche24.com
http://www.gomopa-abzocker.com
http://www.gomopa-rudolf-heckel.com
http://www.gomopa-stalking.com
http://www.gomopa-vornkahl-henneberg.com
http://www.denunziant-uwe-kanig.com
http://www.gomopa-maurischat.com
http://www.gomopa-werbepartner.com
http://www.gomopa-scheinfirma.com
http://www.gomopa.info
http://www.gomopa-rechtsanwalt-slowik.com
handwerk.com/suche?sw=on&d_id_=244432
http://www.haustechnikdialog.de/forum.asp?action=reply&thema=17711
sixcms.komedia.de/ausbau_weiterbildung/list_msg_thread.php3?forum=172
http://www.financial-spread-betting.com
http://www.shootoff.de
carste-reimers.de/*
http://www.welt.de/data/2005/10/07/785758.html
forum.dwtg.de
forum.dwtg.de/forum
http://www.prosieben.de/club_community/community/index.php?commfile=/foren/format.php&for_id=19&kat_id=4
http://www.snakecirty.de/board/forumdisplay.php?s=ea6446dea009a6ed12a1685bafe6eeaa&forumid=204h
http://www.gomopa.net/phpbb2/viewtopic.php?t=2585
forum.dwtg.de/forum/thread.php?postid=6032&sid=2b3d4f842175c8590368e20bc92cc619#post6032
forum.dwtg.de/forum/index.php
http://www.metropol-leasing.com
http://www.metropol-leasing.net
http://www.20six.de/cptsalek/archive/2005/05/12/1ff7qyx3u0i1v.htm
http://www.france3.com
http://www.france2.com
starbilder-forum.com
http://www.kinder-nackt.com
video.famousass.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.female-celebrities.biz/celebs.php
316-js-44952-02-kruegel.com
hilfskoch-kruegel-harald-entlarvt.com
wirtschaftsfahnder-kruegel-harald-entlarvt.com
http://www.buildersfederation.co.uk/persimmon_homes.html
http://www.celeb-naked-pussy.com
http://www.porn-actresses.com
http://www.eroticafair.com
video.famousass.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.sex-the-sex.com
http://www.female-celebrities.biz/celebs.php
http://www.amaterskaobrazarna.cz/virt_vystavy/zdenekmarecek/12.j
http://www.goddesscafe.com/yoni/dentata1.jpg
http://www.loveclone.de/media/z6700002055_g.jpg
http://www.catalysisusa.net/img/vagina2.jpg
http://www.aids.gov.br/dst/imagem44.jpg
alfiesflowers.co.uk
hallofflowers.co.uk
hallofflowers.com
http://www.kruegel-entlarft.com
http://www.dfwhardbodies.com/tammi-ann.htm
http://www.moviestarr.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.tvnudes.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.sliksock.com/celebs/b
search.hotbot.de/cgi-bin/pursuit?site=de&cat=hb_loc&enc=utf-8&query=babette+einstmann+sex
http://www.famousnudity.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.sliksock.com/celebs/celebs.html
http://www.xsearch.biz/celebrities.php
http://www.geocities.com/starfakes_2004/nackt1
bbs.divinecuties.com/out.cgi?url=http%3a//www.lolitas-portal.info
bbs.divinecuties.com/
http://www.crista.uni-wuppertal.de/grips/images/elberfeld-uni-1.jpg
http://www.business-scat.com/sites/de/piss-kaviar-video/index.php?id=new
http://www.piss-kaviar-video.de/
http://www.tv-natursekt.de/dw/natursekt-party-domina-kaviar/domina_2.htm
http://www.tv-natursekt.de/dw/natursekt-party-domina-kaviar/kaviar_2.htm
kaviar.erotikontakt.ch/asiagirls/impressum.html
kaviar.erotikontakt.ch/kaviar.html
http://www.flatecams.de
http://www.kaviarteen.de
http://www.kaviar-fetisch.de/kaviar82.htm
http://www.kaviar-scat.de/kv_kacke.htm
http://www.bannertraffic.de/rdb/natursekt/natursekt.html
http://www.kaviargirls.com
natursekt.tuerknauf.de
web87.bigspace4you.de/vonkatja/kaviar.html
http://www.kaviar.tv
http://www.nazis.de/inidia/
CONFIDENTIAL: GUATEMALA ON HAITI DEMARCHE
Viewing cable 04GUATEMALA2948, GUATEMALA ON HAITI DEMARCHE
C O N F I D E N T I A L GUATEMALA 002948 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 11/18/2014 TAGS: PREL HA GT SUBJECT: GUATEMALA ON HAITI DEMARCHE REF: STATE 246188 Classified By: Ambassador John Hamilton for reasons 1.5 (b) & (d). (C) Polcouns delivered reftel demarche to Guatemalan Acting FM Marta Altolaguirre, who agreed wholeheartedly with U.S. assessment. She said Guatemala's troop contribution to MINUSTAH was just one indicator of Guatemala's commitment to the "long-term efforts" that would be required of the international community in Haiti. Altolaguirre volunteered that her personal view was that Aristide had been a "disaster" and could play no useful role in Haiti's future. She said she would forward to Guatemala's delegation to the Ibero-American Summit, already in San Jose, our concerns about Haiti and the need to express support for Latortue and the Interim Government of Haiti. HAMILTON
CONFIDENTIAL: LAVALAS TORN BETWEEN BOYCOTTING ELECTIONS AND
Viewing cable 05PORTAUPRINCE776, LAVALAS TORN BETWEEN BOYCOTTING ELECTIONS AND
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 04 PORT AU PRINCE 000776 SIPDIS SOUTHCOM ALSO FOR POLAD WHA ALSO FOR USOAS E.O. 12958: DECL: 03/07/2015 TAGS: PGOV PREL HA SUBJECT: LAVALAS TORN BETWEEN BOYCOTTING ELECTIONS AND MOVING FORWARD Classified By: Ambassador James B. Foley, reasons 1.4 (B) and (D) ¶1. (C) Summary: The Lavalas movement remains divided between leaders who argue for moving beyond Aristide and participating in elections this fall, and those who continue to call for Aristide's return and threaten a boycott of elections if their hard-line conditions are not met. The division is not clear-cut. There are indications that some of the principal hard-liners are in fact interested in participating in elections; this is especially true of Father Gerard Jean-Juste, who has emerged as a hard-line leader. A group of Lavalas moderates around former PM Cherestal continues to lay the groundwork for a new party that would attempt to capture the Lavalas vote, but some of them still hope to unite both factions under one umbrella. The many U.S.-based Lavalas members and "solidarity" activists complicate the picture; they are pushing a tough boycott position, but their distance from the process on the ground is likely to limit their influence. Aristide's shadow continues to hang over the movement, with most people defining their positions in relation to him and many trying to use his name to rally for their position. We anticipate it will not be clear for several more months how and whether the Lavalas movement -- either as Fanmi Lavalas or another party, or both -- will be represented in the elections. End summary. ¶2. (C) In the wake of Aristide's departure, the movement and party he led are still trying to figure out their future. The internal debates and public arguments have now begun to focus on the concrete question of whether Lavalas should participate in this fall's elections or boycott them entirely. The degree to which the Lavalas constituency participates in the election will be a large factor in the legitimacy of the elections, and we are therefore following developments inside the movement closely. Over the past three weeks, we have spoken with a number of contacts -- Lavalas leaders, politicians from other parties, local analysts, U.S.-based activists, and others -- to put together a picture of the movement seven months ahead of the first (local) elections. Elections yes, elections no -------------------------- ¶3. (C) The two main factions inside Lavalas can be outlined fairly simply. Broadly speaking, hard-liners reject the legitimacy of the IGOH and electoral process and insist that elections cannot take place until Aristide is returned to power. They focus on Fanmi Lavalas (FL) the registered political party and insist that only FL represents the legitimate Lavalas voice. Father Gerard Jean-Juste, a longtime Lavalas activist and priest, has emerged in recent weeks as the most significant hard-line leader (spurred by his imprisonment last fall and his visit earlier this year to Aristide in South Africa). He outlined his position at a March 5-6 conference of Haitian political parties (reftel): FL would boycott elections unless Aristide is returned to power, political prisoners are released, "persecution" of Lavalas partisans stops, and several other conditions are fulfilled. He reiterated these in a March 10 conversation with PolCounselor, arguing that it was not only illegitimate to participate in elections, it was also impossible, since FL members could not meet or campaign safely. The hard-line position is shared, at least publicly, by the leadership of the National Reflection Cell of Lavalas Popular Organizations, by pro-Aristide activists in Bel-Air and other neighborhoods of Port-au-Prince, and by pro-Aristide activists in other parts of Haiti (e.g. Milot mayor Jean-Charles Moise). Some of these people are suspected of being involved in the pro-Aristide violence that has occurred in the capital since last fall. ¶4. (C) Those in the moderate faction, more diverse and less vocal, insist they want to participate in the elections, that they represent the original spirit of the Lavalas movement, and that FL itself has been discredited by Aristide and his misgovernance. The most significant group is coalescing around former Prime Minister Jean-Marie Cherestal, who has been quietly and cautiously preparing the groundwork to launch a new "Lavalas Renewed" party (ref B). Cherestal told PolCounselor March 13 that he was satisfied with his progress in building support and said he was not worried that elections were only seven months away. The party's basic message to Haiti's poor majority would be that Aristide's power had been a deceit; he was able to speak their language and raise their expectations, but he had not been able to deliver any true benefits to them. Initial reactions to the draft Lavalas Renewed manifest had been positive, and Cherestal said he would soon "widen the circle" to bring more in, including former Lavalas Senators and Deputies like Gerald Gilles, Yvon Feuille, Rudy Heriveaux and others. He said he was still hesitant about some of the these since he was not convinced they had fully distanced themselves from Aristide, but he knew it was important to bring them in if possible. ¶5. (C) For their part, Feuille, Gilles, Heriveaux, and former Chamber of Deputies President Yves Cristallin told us March 17 that they were still uncertain whether a new party was the right direction. Feuille was the most convinced, saying he was committed to working with Cherestal, but he noted that financial resources were extremely limited for building a new party (a complaint not shared by Cherestal). Gilles and Heriveaux said they worried about violent reactions from Aristide supporters, and also about the lack of funds. All noted with some pain that Cherestal had not kept them very well informed about his activities. Hidden agendas make clarity difficult ------------------------------------- ¶6. (C) This being Haiti, the division between hard-liners and moderates is not precise. In a political culture where hidden agendas are the norm, several appear to be at work inside the Lavalas movement; the most important of these may be Jean-Juste's. Despite his hard-line rhetoric, nearly everyone we speak with is convinced that Jean-Juste in fact wants to participate in the elections and sees himself as a strong Presidential candidate. MIDH President Marc Bazin told us he came away from an early March meeting with Jean-Juste convinced the priest was waiting until closer to the elections to declare his candidacy. Voltaire, who has met frequently with Jean-Juste, also told us he believes Jean-Juste is interested in running for President or, failing that, in playing a power-broker role. ¶7. (C) Whether all the "moderates" are really committed to participating in elections is another question. Cherestal's suspicion of Gilles and Heriveaux is not without reason; both have acknowledged publicly and privately their continuing attachment to Aristide even as they portray themselves as ready to move on, and Heriveaux told us he would rather campaign with FL than with anybody else, even if Jean-Juste were the standard-bearer. Voltaire says he supports Cherestal, but he also describes himself as working to avoid a split in the movement over elections and to bring the two factions together. Many in the movement see this as fence-straddling and dismiss him as an opportunist who has managed to hold Ministerial positions nearly uninterruptedly since 1990. (Note: We understand that Voltaire, an architect by profession, has been considering an offer to oversee the construction of the new airport in Caracas, Venezuela. End note). Another professed moderate (and would-be presidential candidate), Jean-Claude Desgranges, was Aristide's last chief of staff and is married to a reportedly hard-line pro-Aristide FL activist who resides in Florida; Cherestal, among others, questions his "moderate" credentials. Electoral strategies for the post-Aristide era -------------------------------------------- ¶8. (C) For most of the 1990's, the Lavalas movement represented the (poor) majority of Haitian voters, and Lavalas/FL could run on its own. Defections from the movement and disillusionment with Aristide's record have diminished the electoral appeal of Fanmi Lavalas, but to a degree that is unclear. Polling data from August 2004 showed that 8% of Haitians support FL, more than any other single party but a far cry from the 20-40% (or even 80%) that many Lavalas politicians insist the party enjoyed. (That same poll, however, showed that Aristide was still the only figure in Haiti with a favorability rating above 50%.) Thus it is not surprising that all of our contacts acknowledge the need for electoral alliances. ¶9. (C) Marc Bazin's MIDH party is most often cited as a likely partner. Voltaire called Bazin "one of Haiti's most modern politicians" and said MIDH would give Lavalas technical credibility that it currently lacked. Cherestal, too, said he hoped Bazin would join forces with his new party, but worried that he would make common cause with the hard-line faction instead. Even Jean-Juste said that Bazin had become very popular within the Lavalas base because of his insistence on true reconciliation and his criticism of the IGOH's perceived harsh approach to Lavalas. Bazin himself told PolCounselor in early March that he was very interested in an alliance with Jean-Juste because of the support it would bring him from the Lavalas base. He dismissed the possibility of an alliance with Cherestal's party-in-formation, calling it "dead in the water." (Note: Bazin frankly acknowledged to the Ambassador that he hopes to capitalize on the exclusion of Lavalas, especially the moderates. He would be highly unlikley to step aside in favor of a Lavalas candidate. End note.) Both MODEREH, the party of former Lavalas Senators Dany Toussaint and Pierre Sonson Prince, and KOMBA, the movement of former Lavalas official Evans Lescouflair and peasant leader Chavannes Jean-Baptiste, would appear to be potential allies of either FL or a Cherestal-led moderate Lavalas party. Each has baggage though: Dany Toussaint is clouded by drug trafficking allegations and Chavannes Jean-Baptiste is seen by many hard-liners as a traitor to Lavalas. The U.S. faction ----------------- ¶10. (C) In addition to the hard-line and moderate Lavalas factions here in Haiti, there is in effect a third "faction" with agendas and influence that play a significant role: the U.S.-based community of staunchly pro-Aristide FL members-in-exile and "solidarity" activists. The former are grouped together in the "FL Communications Commission" (www.hayti.net) that asserts the exclusive right to speak on behalf of the party. Members include former FL interim chairman Jonas Petit, former Interior Ministry Angelot Bell, former government spokesman Mario Dupuy, former Aristide advisor Maryse Narcisse, and former deputy Gilvert Angervil (Yvon Feuille and Rudy Heriveaux are also members, but have effectively been ostracized by the others). The solidarity activists come from a wide variety of organizations, many of them with connections to the former Aristide government. Many are grouped under the Let Haiti Live coalition (www.lethaitilive.org) and have been sharply critical of the IGOH and U.S. policy in Haiti. We believe that some of them are in regular contact with Aristide. ¶11. (C) According to a well-placed contact inside this group, there are regular consultations among key leaders of both groups, leading hard-line figures in Haiti, including Jean-Juste and OP leaders such as Lesly Farreau and Lesly Gustave, and members of Aristide's entourage in South Africa. According to this same contact, the U.S.-based members recently "decided" that Lavalas should boycott the elections this fall and should be prepared for a long-term campaign to destabilize and delegitimize the IGOH and the government installed next February. This group's distance from the process on the ground, however, constricts its influence. We have seen clear indications, for example, that Jean-Juste has refused to accept this "decision" and has insisted that decisions be made by the people on the ground. Nonetheless, the U.S.-based activists will play an important role in determining how and whether Lavalas participates in the elections. The Aristide Shadow --------------------- ¶12. (C) Hanging over all of this is the shadow of Aristide, who remains popular among much of the Lavalas popular base and remains the legal head of the Fanmi Lavalas party. Many see Jean-Juste as Aristide's designate ("clone" according to one businessman), and Jean-Juste has not shied away from playing the "Titid" card with the faithful. Even those who say they are committed to moving beyond Aristide fear his reach; Gilles, for example, makes no bones about his fear for his physical safety if he is seen as "betraying" Aristide. But overall we believe Aristide's influence is waning and it is not clear he can influence events on the ground from South Africa as much as many think. Jean-Juste's relationship with Aristide was never close and he gives the distinct impression of someone looking for his own path. Typically, Aristide has not made his views on electoral participation known publicly, leaving his options open for a decision either way. Clearly his preferred outcome would be to disrupt the electoral process; second-best would be to delegitimze the process and the electoral results. However, if it appears that a successful and legitimate process is underway and cannot be stopped, participation-by-proxy may become the course he chooses, especially if he thinks a loyal Lavalas slate of candidate could win. Comment ---------- ¶13. (C) It will take several months for the differing divisions and agendas within Lavalas to sort themselves out, and the results could vary widely depending on a few key variables. First and foremost is what Aristide decides to push and the degree to which he is successful. Second is what Jean-Juste does. If he holds to the hard-line and calls for a boycott, especially if he does it in the name of Aristide, then many pro-Lavalas voters will likely heed his call. If this happens in the context of credible claims of anti-Lavalas bias by election authorities and/or anti-Lavalas violence by ex-FADH or other elements, this could call into question the legitimacy of the election results. A third variable is how successful Cherestal and his group are in formulating a compelling message for former Aristide voters. (Related to this is whether corruption charges will be brought against him that could take him entirely out of the running; in the past ten days there have been murmurs in the press of a series corruption-related arrest warrants being prepared, including against Cherestal.) Finally, there is the possibility (which we cannot really judge at this point) that former Lavalas President Rene Preval could enter the fray. Preval has been out of the political scene since he left the Presidency in 2001, but of late has started meeting with some political leaders. At least a few observers believe he is interested in getting involved and many tell us he would be a more formidable Presidential candidate than either Jean-Juste or Cherestal For what it is worth, Desgranges told us after meeting with Preval recently that Preval said he is not going to run. ¶14. (C) U.S. interests argue for encouraging the maximum possible voter participation and the active involvement by the full political spectrum, including the Lavalas sector. We have made clear to all factions that we will support the development of a democratic, modern Lavalas political vehicle, whatever the name, as long as there is a clear break with Aristide's legacy of violence and misrule. FOLEY
SECRET: FRENCH SHARE CONCERNS ON POSSIBLE ARISTIDE RETURN
S E C R E T PARIS 004660 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 07/01/2015 TAGS: PREL FR HA SF SUBJECT: FRENCH SHARE CONCERNS ON POSSIBLE ARISTIDE RETURN TO HAITI REF: STATE 121144 Classified By: Political Minister-Counselor Josiah Rosenblatt, reasons 1.4 (b) and (d). ¶1. (C) Poloff and Embassy Africa Watcher delivered reftel demarche July 1 to both MFA DAS-equivalent for Central America and the Caribbean Gilles Bienvenu and MFA AF PDAS-equivalent Elisabeth Barbier. Bienvenu stated that the GOF shared our analysis of the implications of an Aristide return to Haiti, terming the likely repercussions "catastrophic." Bienvenu actively sought our thoughts on next steps to prevent Aristide from returning. Initially expressing caution when asked about France demarching the SARG, Bienvenu noted that Aristide was not a prisoner in South Africa and that such an action could "create difficulties." However, Bienvenu later offered to express our shared concerns in Pretoria, perhaps under the pretext that as a country desiring to secure a seat on the UN Security Council, South Africa could not afford to be involved in any way with the destabilization of another country. Barbier, speaking on behalf of the AF bureau, however, did not foresee any problems at all in delivering a demarche in Pretoria. ¶2. (S) Bienvenu speculated on exactly how Aristide might return, seeing a possible opportunity to hinder him in the logistics of reaching Haiti. If Aristide traveled commercially, Bienvenu reasoned, he would likely need to transit certain countries in order to reach Haiti. Bienvenu suggested a demarche to CARICOM countries by the U.S. and EU to warn them against facilitating any travel or other plans Aristide might have. He specifically recommended speaking to the Dominican Republic, which could be directly implicated in a return attempt. Both Bienvenu and Barbier confided that South African mercenaries could be heading towards Haiti, with Bienvenu revealing the GOF had documented evidence that 10 South African citizens had come to Paris and requested Dominican visas between February and the present. ¶3. (C) Comment: France seems to share our analysis and concerns regarding any attempt by Aristide to return to Haiti. They appear eager to prevent such an occurrence and could be valuable, both bilaterally and within the EU, in convincing other countries to avoid involvement in any plans by Aristide. End Comment. STAPLETON
A Different October Revolution: Dismantling the Iron Curtain in Eastern Europe
CONFIDENTIAL: BAHAMAS GOVERNMENT SEEKS SUPPORT FOR FUTURE UN
Magister Bernd Pulch
Viewing cable 04NASSAU384, BAHAMAS GOVERNMENT SEEKS SUPPORT FOR FUTURE UN
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 NASSAU 000384 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 02/24/2014 TAGS: BF HA PGOV PREL SMIG SUBJECT: BAHAMAS GOVERNMENT SEEKS SUPPORT FOR FUTURE UN SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING ON HAITI REF: A) NASSAU 211 B) NASSAU 212 C) NASSAU 263 D) NASSAU 322 E) NASSAU 364 Classified By: Charge Abdelnour Zaiback for reasons 1.5 (B) and 1.5 (D) - - - - SUMMARY - - - - 1) (C) On February 24, Acting Ministry of Foreign Affairs Permanent Secretary Marilyn Zonicle separately demarched each UN Security Council member with representation in The Bahamas for support for a possible UN Security Council meeting on Haiti that may be requested by Jamaica Prime Minister Patterson as early as Thursday. The original plan was to request the Security Council to meet on February 25 on Haiti, however, President Aristide asked that the meeting be deferred for 24 hours while he pursued the ongoing negotiations. For its part, The Bahamas seeks the active support of the U.S. as the "most important" member of the Security Council as it engages on a full scale diplomatic press to achieve peace in Haiti. If diplomacy fails, The Bahamas believes that military assistance will be essential, and is willing to contribute troops to a multinational effort to maintain law and order. END SUMMARY - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - FOREIGN MINISTER MITCHELL ON STAND BY TO NEW YORK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2) (C) Anticipating that Prime Minister Patterson would make the request for the Security Council to hold a special session on Haiti tomorrow, FM Mitchell had already packed his bags and made plans to fly to New York tonight. Patterson and CARICOM delayed making the request for the session only because Aristide convinced them that the opposition and rebels could still agree to CARICOM's peace plan. However, as the situation on the ground in Haiti continues to deteriorate, Zonicle anticipates that Mitchell will fly to New York tomorrow for a requested Security Council special session on Thursday. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - SIX TALKING POINTS FOR PROJECTED SECURITY COUNCIL MEETING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3) (C) Follows are the six talking points presented to Charge. i) (C) Pending the outcome of the OAS/CARICOM-sponsored negotiations between the Government and the Opposition in Haiti, the CARICOM countries may request the convening of an emergency meeting of the Security Council to address the matter, considering the deteriorating situation in that country and the inability of the Haitian National Police (HNP) to deal with the insurgency. ii) (C) An open debate in the Security Council would allow it to pronounce on the matter and would provide Haiti with the opportunity to request military/police assistance, and, perhaps, increased humanitarian assistance, as may be necessary. Haiti is reluctant to take the matter to the Security Council before the current political negotiations have been exhausted and wishes to avoid the matter being dealt with on "parallel tracks" by OAS/CARICOM and the UN. iii) (C) While France has indicated a willingness to send military assistance to Haiti, the specter of French troops in Haiti at this time is a very sensitive issue, particularly as France is the former colonizer and Haiti is currently "celebrating" the 200th anniversary of discarding that yoke. A joint dispatch under the UN banner would be more palatable. iv) (C) With the United Nations, CARICOM Ambassadors are seeking the support of the Group of Latin America and the Caribbean (GRULAC) for the initiative and a meeting of the GRULAC to discuss the matter is being convened Wednesday afternoon. Brazil and Chile, the two members of GRULAC on the Security Council have indicated their support for the initiative. Other member of the GRULAC that have voiced strong support are Mexico and Venezuela. v) (C) Beyond the GRULAC, CARICOM Ambassadors are in touch with Canada and France, as well as with President of the GA, Ambassador Colin Granderson of the CARICOM Secretariat, and the other Under-Secretary-General for Political Affairs in seeking to garner support for the initiative and move it forward, as appropriate. vi) (C) It has been said, although not officially announced that, Ambassador Reggie Dumas, of Trinidad and Tobago, has been appointed as the Special Advisor on Haiti by the UN Secretary-general. Perhaps, the stigma of a direct request from Haitian authorities for military assistance could be alleviated by having the request channeled through the Special Advisor. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BAHAMAS VIEW ON OUTSIDE INTERVENTION CLARIFIED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4) (C) Charge and Political Chief sought clarification on Mitchell's vision for outside intervention. In recent days Mitchell has made several statements that international support for Haiti's police was crucial, including "to disarm the rebels if they did not disarm themselves." Zonicle relayed that the first priority of The Bahamas is the principles in the CARICOM proposal, most notably reinforcing the ability of the Haitian police to maintain law and order. However, if this fails, Zonicle reiterated Mitchell's oft stated plea of late, that "law and order must be restored." Zonicle volunteered that The Bahamas was prepared to contribute troops, "perhaps as many as 100." While the preferred mechanism is the United Nations, Zonicle confirmed Mitchell's view that any outside intervention would be preferable to continued and increased chaos. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BAHAMIAN AMBASSADOR TO CARICOM SEEKS INSIGHTS ON RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN OPPOSITION AND REBELS - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5) (C) Ambassador to CARICOM Leonard Archer sought Charge's insight on the relationship between the rebels and the opposition, but in the exchange of views it became clear that all sides knew about the same. Several rebel leaders have connections with the former military. While the opposition may currently feel that they are the beneficiaries of rebel activity, they may soon learn that "the enemy of my enemy is not always my friend." Archer is an experienced diplomat who has studied Haiti at length. - - - - COMMENT - - - - 6) (C) As reported reftels, The Bahamas is seized on the Haitian crisis. It is certainly Foreign Minister Mitchell's dominant preoccupation. It is also clear that The Bahamas regards U.S. leadership and engagement on Haiti as crucial to any peaceful outcome. As has also become increasingly explicit in Mitchell's recent statements, while The Bahamas and CARICOM lobby for peace, they have concluded that a peaceful outcome without international intervention is increasingly unlikely. WITAJEWSKI
DIE OFFIZIELLE LISTE DER SPITZEL IN DER TSCHECHOWSLOWAKEI ZUM DOWNLOADEN
Tom Moak: Der große Unterschied zwischen Aufarbeitung und Aufklärung
Aufarbeitung
Aufarbeitung oder Recycling bedeutet Gewinnung von Rohstoffen aus Abfällen,ihre Rückführungin den Wirtschaftskreislauf und die Verarbeitung zu neuen Produkten (stoffliche Verwertung).
Aufarbeitung oder Recycling bedeutet Gewinnung von Rohstoffen aus Abfällen,ihre Rückführungin den Wirtschaftskreislauf und die Verarbeitung zu neuen Produkten (stoffliche Verwertung).
Zur Aufarbeitung Recycling geeignet sind vor allem Lumpen, Eisen, Papier, Glas, Pappe,
Kartonagen, Nichteisenmetalle und Kunststoffe. Voraussetzung für die stoffliche Verwertung
ist eine möglichst sortenreine Sammlung der Wertstoffe oder ihre leichte Abtrennung (Sortierung,Abfalltrennung.)
Es hat den Anschein, einige der nach der deutschen Wiedervereinigung etablierten Institutionen, die angeblich das Unrecht
in der DDR aufarbeiten wollen oder sollen, wollen mit ihrer “Aufarbeitung” genau so den politischen Müll und die Abfälle
aus der ehemaligen DDR, das Unrecht und ihre Aktivisten zur Wiederverwendung recyceln und in unserer Gesellschaft installieren.
Dazu gehört auch eine mangelnde Aufklärung der Öffentlichkeit,(Desinformation) eine Verheimlichung der Täter und deren Untaten, die
zum Teil immer noch in verantwortlichen Funktionen Platz genommen haben und als Krönung des ganzen sogar in Parlamente eingeschleust wurden.
Aufklärung ist die vollständige Offenlegung des Unrechts, und die vollständige Information über die Schuldigen
und deren Entfernung aus verantwortlichen Funktionen.
Wahlspruch in 2011 zum Jahr der Demokratie
Aufklärung
Aufklärung ist der Ausgang des Menschen aus seiner selbst verschuldeten Unmündigkeit.
Unmündigkeit ist das Unvermögen des Menschen, sich
seines Verstandes ohne Leitung eines Anderen zu bedienen.
Selbstverschuldet ist diese Unmündigkeit, wenn die Ursache derselben
nicht am Mangel des Verstandes, sondern der Entschließung und des
Mutes liegt, sich seiner ohne Leitung eines anderen zu bedienen.
Sapere aude!
Habe Mut, dich deines eigenen Verstandes zu bedienen
ist also der Wahlspruch der Aufklärung……
Immanuel Kant – Was ist Aufklärung? Anno Domini 1783
. . und hier sind Beispiele der
Aufarbeitung
Bock zum Gärtner gemacht
TOP 1…sollen hier schon wieder Akten vernichtet werden ?
Na aber Hallo!…. die Nummer kennen wir doch schon “Lieber Politiker”
Aufklärung
Aufklärung ist die vollständige Offenlegung des Unrechts, die vollständige Information über die Schuldigen
und deren schonungslose Entfernung aus verantwortlichen Funktionen und dem öffentlichen Leben.
“Die öffentliche Diskussion über das Unrecht einer Diktatur wird diesmal unter Lebenden stattfinden!”
Wer seinerzeit für das MfS gearbeitet hat, war Helfer der öffentlichen Verwaltung,
mag er in der Diktatur das auch im verborgenen getan haben,
seine “Spitzeltätigkeit” gehört nicht zu seiner schützenswerten Privatsphäre.
” Die Betroffenen Opfer und die Öffentlichkeit haben ein Recht auf die Wahrheit! “
Somit bleibt nun zu hoffen das endlich alles klar ist!
Beispielhaft für die Aufklärung halten es die neuen Mitglieder in der Europa Union u. a. wie,
- die Regierungen der Tschechischen Republik die auf der Homepage des Innenministeriums
in Prag die Namen der Täter und der Schuldigen per Gesetz zum Download bereit hält.
Evidenční podklady, zveřejněné podle §7 zák 107/2002Sb Download
· und die Slowakischen Republik die auf dem Regierungsserver per Gesetz
die Listen mit den Namen der Täter und Schuldigen veröffentlicht und zum
Download bereit hält. Zum Beispiel hier: Bratislava
Regierungsserver der Slowakischen Republik Nation’s Memory Institute
CONFIDENTIAL: CANADA ON RUMORS OF ARISTIDE’S DESIRE TO RETURN
Bernd Pulch, Magister Artium (MA)
Viewing cable 05OTTAWA2023, CANADA ON RUMORS OF ARISTIDE’S DESIRE TO RETURN
C O N F I D E N T I A L OTTAWA 002023 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 07/05/2010 TAGS: BR HA PREL UNSC SUBJECT: CANADA ON RUMORS OF ARISTIDE'S DESIRE TO RETURN TO HAITI REF: SECSTATE 121144 ¶1. (C) DCM and PolOff shared reftel talking points with FAC Director General for Latin America and the Caribbean Jamal Khokhar and Caribbean and Central America Director Christian Lapointe. Khokhar said "we are on the same sheet" with regards to Aristide, and Canada's consistent message has been that "he is of the past and Haiti needs to move forward." Khokhar said the GOC understands there is a plan by his followers to bring Aristide back to Haiti on July 15th, but does not have any clear signals of how it will be done. Desk Officer Caroline Ouellet clarified that the date is based on rumors and there are no more signs than usual that it is reality. Still, they have heard the date from enough sources to consider it credible. Even before these recent rumors, she said, Canada had a clear position in opposition to the return of Aristide. ¶2. (C) Khokhar said Canada has been conveying this message to all parties, stressing the need for the international community (especially the Caricom countries), to invest in the future for Haiti and not remain stuck in the past. Canadian officials note the call by SYG Annan for reinforcements to provide security for the election and are in agreement that the UN mission must be reinforced to be effective. ¶3. (C) Lapointe said that Canada has discussed the return of Aristide with South African officials during consultations in May. The South Africans reportedly questioned whether it is fair to encourage Lavalas to participate in the elections without their most important leader being on the ground. They are not convinced of the good will of those who would exclude him being there. The GOC reportedly urged the South Africans to encourage Lavalas to move beyond Aristide, and stressed the importance of finding a new leader in Haiti that can unite the country rather than divide it. Lapointe said there may be an opportunity for FM Pettigrew to meet on the margins of the G-8 meeting with the South African FM and further stress these points. Visit Canada's Classified Web Site at http://www.state.sgov.gov/p/wha/ottawa WILKINS
Afghanistan Déjà vu? Lessons from the Soviet Experience
Bernd Pulch, MA (Magister Artium)
Washington, D.C., July 29 th 2011 – The debate over U.S. policy in the Afghanistan war features striking and troubling parallels with the choices faced by Soviet general secretary Mikhail Gorbachev in the 1980s, according to Soviet documents posted today on the Web by the National Security Archive. The documents have sparked a series of recent articles by Rodric Braithwaite (“New Afghan Myths Bode Ill for Western Aims,” October 15, 2008) in the Financial Times, Peter Beaumont (“Same Old Mistakes in Afghanistan,” October 18, 2009) in the Observer, Mark Thomson (“Soviets in Afghanistan … Obama’s Déjà vu?”, October 19, 2009 in Time, and Victor Sebestyen (“Transcripts of Defeat,” October 28, 2009) in the New York Times.
The documents obtained by the National Security Archive from the Russian archives show that even if history does not repeat, it almost certainly rhymes—more than 20 years later, U.S. policy makers are encountering very similar choices and analyses as they discuss the options for prosecuting or ending the war.
In terms that parallel those offered to President Obama by Gen. Stanley McChrystal, the Soviet military told their leaders in the mid-1980s that the war was not winnable by purely political means and that the initial analysis on the basis of which the troops were introduced did not take into account the historical and religious context of the country. Most strikingly, the Soviets complained that the top leader they helped to install lacked political legitimacy and probably would need to be replaced.
The Soviet military bemoaned the fact that even though every single piece of land was at some point controlled by the Soviet military, the moment the Soviet troops moved on, the territory was immediately re-taken by the armed resistance. Even after Babrak Karmal was replaced by Najubullah and the policy of national reconciliation was introduced, the internal resistance kept intensifying. In January 1987, for example, Defense Minister Marshal Sokolov reports that “the military situation has deteriorated sharply. The number of shelling of our garrisons has doubled. […] This war cannot be won militarily.” The growing numbers of Soviet casualties are cited in every report and discussion.
The choice between putting in more troops and delaying the withdrawal or withdrawing decisively and on schedule eventually put a rift between Gorbachev and his Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze, who argued for a delayed withdrawal and providing more military support for Najibullah. In the end, the Soviets withdrew on February 15, 1989, fully anticipating the fall of Najibulah government. A major factor mentioned repeatedly in the internal Soviet exchanges was the need for comprehensive international mediation with Pakistan and the United States at the center of any such process – a condition that did not exist at the time of the Soviet pullout and would not come to pass.
Read the Documents
Politburo Session, November 13, 1986
(Full text also available from the Cold War International History Project Bulletin, Issues 8-9, Winter 1996/1997, pp. 1787-181)
The first detailed Politburo discussion of the process and difficulties of the withdrawal of the Soviet troops from Afghanistan, which included the testimony of Marshal Sergei Akhromeev.
Politburo Session, January 21, 1987
The Politburo discusses the results of Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze and Head of the Central Committee International Department Anatoly Dobrynin’s trip to Afghanistan. Shevardnadze’s report is very blunt and pessimistic about the war and the internal situation. The main concern of the Politburo is how to end the war but save face and ensure a friendly and neutral Afghanistan.
Colonel Tsagolov Letter to USSR Minister of Defense Dmitry Yazov on the Situation in Afghanistan, August 13, 1987
Criticism of the Soviet policy of national reconciliation in Afghanistan and analysis of general failures of the Soviet military mission there are presented in Colonel Tsagolov’s letter to USSR Defense Minister Dmitry Yazov of August 13, 1987. This letter represents the first open criticism of the Afghan war from within the military establishment. Colonel Tsagolov paid for his attempt to make his criticism public in his interview with Soviet influential progressive magazine “Ogonek” by his career—he was expelled from the Army in 1988.
SECRET: VATICAN ON HAITI: CHURCH LOSSES AND RESPONSES
Magister Bernd Pulch
Viewing cable 10VATICAN11, VATICAN ON HAITI: CHURCH LOSSES AND RESPONSES
VZCZCXRO3140 OO RUEHDBU RUEHFL RUEHKW RUEHLA RUEHNP RUEHSL DE RUEHROV #0011/01 0201644 ZNY SSSSS ZZH O P 201644Z JAN 10 FM AMEMBASSY VATICAN TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 1239 RUEHPU/AMEMBASSY PORT AU PRINCE IMMEDIATE 0010 RUEHSA/AMEMBASSY PRETORIA IMMEDIATE 0011 INFO RUEHZL/EUROPEAN POLITICAL COLLECTIVE RUEHZH/HAITI COLLECTIVE RUEHCV/AMEMBASSY CARACAS PRIORITY 0032 RUEHBR/AMEMBASSY BRASILIA PRIORITY 0042 RUCNDT/USMISSION USUN NEW YORK PRIORITY 0126 RUEHGV/USMISSION GENEVA PRIORITY 0090 RUEHROV/AMEMBASSY VATICAN 1278 S E C R E T SECTION 01 OF 02 VATICAN 000011 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 1/20/2035 TAGS: EAID PREL SOCI PHUM KIRF VT HA SUBJECT: VATICAN ON HAITI: CHURCH LOSSES AND RESPONSES REF: A. A) STATE 4807 ¶B. B) STATE 4854 ¶C. C) VATICAN 10 ¶D. D) KELLY-NOYES EMAILS 1/16-19/10 ¶E. E) STATE 5277 VATICAN 00000011 001.2 OF 002 CLASSIFIED BY: Julieta Valls Noyes, DCM, EXEC, State. REASON: 1.4 (b), (d) ¶1. (S) Summary: While devastating, the Church suffered fewer losses in the Haiti earthquake than initially reported in the media. The death of the Archbishop and many seminarians were especially painful but the Vatican is already reviewing how to regroup: Bishop Pierre Dumas, President of Caritas Haiti, could become the new Archbishop. Meanwhile, the Nuncio in PAP is working with Haitian bishops, and with international missionary and other Catholic organizations, to provide humanitarian aid and pastoral care to the victims (see also ref c). Catholic aid organizations have already pledged over $50 million in aid and raised over $13 million in donations; these numbers will increase. On a related note, the Vatican is concerned about future operating funds for the Haitian embassy accredited to the Holy See. On the political front, the Vatican believes the return of deposed Haitian leader (and former priest) Aristide would be disastrous and is trying to get a quiet message to him and/or his confidantes to this effect. Holy See officials have repeatedly thanked Embassy Vatican for USG response to the earthquake and for coordination with the Church on relief efforts. End summary. (SBU) Church Suffers Tragic but not Incapacitating Losses --------------------------------------------- ------------ ¶2. (U) According to FIDES, the media arm of the Holy See's Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples (which oversees the Church's work in Haiti), while Catholic congregations and organizations in Haiti suffered deeply tragic losses during the earthquake, these were not as overwhelming as initial media reports indicated. Specifically, the known losses to date include: -- Archbishop Serge Miot -- Monfort Missionaries: 11 dead; infrastructure damaged -- Salesians: 3 dead priests plus 500 students or seminarians killed; infrastructure destroyed or damaged -- Daughters of Wisdom: 3 dead, 3 missing and presumed dead -- Spiritan Fathers: 1 dead -- Oblates: 1 dead; damage to buildings and centers -- Holy Cross Fathers: 1 dead -- Dominicans: no deaths, 1 nun injured -- Franciscans: no known deaths or injuries; convent and schools destroyed However, the Council of Latin American Bishops Conferences reports over 100 members of religious orders still missing and presumed dead. The good news is that the Christian Brothers and Camillan order had no losses, and the Jesuits also lost no-one and suffered no damage to their buildings. (Note: For context, the Vatican has informed the Embassy that before the earthquake, the Haitian Church had eighteen bishops in ten dioceses, 486 diocesan priests, 306 religious orders priests, 332 non-priest male religious (monks and friars), 1,851 female religious (nuns), and 421 seminarians.) ¶3. (SBU) The Vatican's Secretariat of State official in charge of Central America, Monsignor Francisco Frojan, told polchief on January 19 that the death of the Archbishop of PAP had been a hard blow to the Church. Embassy understands that Bishop Pierre Dumas, President of Caritas Haiti, could become the new Archbishop. ¶4. (C) The earthquake also killed the sister of the Cardinal Archbishop of Sao Paolo: she was in PAP giving a conference when the earthquake hit. (Some seminarians and other religious personnel at that event were also killed.) At the same time, Frojan added that the Vatican was fortunate the Nunciature had not been damaged, and thus has become a shelter and meeting point for bishops, clergy and missionaries. No Vatican official other than the Nuncio himself were in PAP at the time of the earthquake. (U) Vatican Is Responding to Crisis ----------------------------------- ¶5. (U) Polchief delivered refs A and B points to Frojan on January 19 and offered USG support should the Vatican require assistance in getting humanitarian supplies to Haiti. While the Vatican does not own any planes, Frojan had received questions about flights to Haiti from organizations wishing to assist, and thanked polchief for the information. Frojan said Cor Unum -- the Vatican's umbrella organization for humanitarian work -- and Caritas Internationalis have the lead on relief efforts (ref C), and are coordinating donations from a wide range of Catholic charities. For example, U.S.-based Catholic Relief Services (a Caritas organization) has already pledged $25 million and raised over $13 million in donations for Haiti, and Caritas Internationalis is contributing an additional $25 million. These numbers will go up. ¶6. (SBU) Beyond the influx of new aid, Frojan noted that before the earthquake the Catholic Church throughout Haiti had managed 26 hospitals, 213 health dispensaries, 4 leprosy health centers, 23 homes for the elderly and the chronically ill and 39 orphanages. Many of these institutions are still functional in the affected areas and are providing assistance. The Camillan priests and nuns, for example, ran a hospital in PAP that was undamaged and they are now treating the injured. Operating information on other institutions is trickling in to the Vatican, but it is still incomplete. (Note: According to the Vatican, there are about 7 million Catholics in Haiti - 70% of the population. Another 23% of the population adheres to other Christian denominations. End Note) ¶7. (C) The Vatican's Chief of Protocol, Msgr. Fortunatus Nwachuku, raised another concern with Ambassador Diaz regarding Haiti. The Haitian Embassy to the Holy See, probably like those elsewhere, has a very tight budget and cannot sustain operations for long without renewed funding from Port au Prince. Moreover, the Haitian Ambassador has confided to his Canadian colleague here that the embassy can get by for a little longer, but the embassy's situation is unsustainable for long. Nwachuku asked whether any aid programs currently included funding for Haitian embassies. (S) Aristide's Return Would be Disastrous ----------------------------------------- ¶8. (S) In discussions with DCM over the past few days (ref d), senior Vatican officials said they were dismayed about media reports that deposed Haitian leader -- and former priest -- Jean Bertrand Aristide wished to return to Haiti. (Aristide now lives in South Africa.) The Vatican's Assesor (deputy chief of staff equivalent), Msgr. Peter Wells, said Aristide's presence would distract from the relief efforts and could become destabilizing. Following a conversation with DCM, the Undersecretary for Relations with States (deputy foreign minister equivalent), Msgr. Ettore Balestrero, conferred with the Vatican nuncio in Haiti. Archbishop Auza agreed emphatically that Aristide's return would be a disaster. He said he would ask local bishops if any of them still had positive enough relations with Aristide to persuade him to stay away. Balestrero then conveyed Auza's views to Archbishop Greene in South Africa, and asked him also to look for ways to get this message convincingly to Aristide. DCM suggested that Greene also convey this message to the SAG. Embassy will report the results of this Vatican outreach once they are available. (U) Comment: The Church is On the Case -------------------------------------- ¶9. (C) Normally contemplative and deliberately slow to act in political crises, the Vatican and Church-related organizations are responsive and effective when dealing with humanitarian disasters. Its global network of aid organizations and local Church entities provide a well-organized and reasonably well-funded structure to deliver assistance. Moreover, despite concerns elsewhere (ref e), the Vatican is very appreciative of USG aid to Haiti. Holy See officials have thanked Embassy Vatican officials repeatedly this week for USG assistance to Haiti and for the Embassy's close coordination with the Holy See and Church organizations on relief efforts. They say on-the ground liaison with Caritas and with the nuncio would also be useful. Embassy Vatican will continue outreach at all levels to continue to get out the message about USG efforts. ¶10. (C) PORT-AU-PRINCE MINIMIZE CONSIDERED. DIAZ
CONFIDENTIAL: OPPOSITION JOURNALIST DETAILED UNDER THE INTERNAL SECURITY ACT
Magister Bernd Pulch
Viewing cable 08KUALALUMPUR806, OPPOSITION JOURNALIST DETAILED UNDER THE INTERNAL SECURITY ACT
VZCZCXRO1610 OO RUEHCHI RUEHDT RUEHHM RUEHNH DE RUEHKL #0806/01 2561240 ZNY CCCCC ZZH O 121240Z SEP 08 FM AMEMBASSY KUALA LUMPUR TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 1642 INFO RUCNASE/ASEAN MEMBER COLLECTIVE PRIORITY RHEHNSC/NSC WASHDC PRIORITY RHHMUNA/CDR USPACOM HONOLULU HI PRIORITY C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 KUALA LUMPUR 000806 SIPDIS FOR EAP/MTS E.O. 12958: DECL: 09/12/2018 TAGS: PGOV KDEM MY SUBJECT: OPPOSITION JOURNALIST DETAILED UNDER THE INTERNAL SECURITY ACT REF: KUALA LUMPUR 787 Classified By: Political Section Chief Mark D. Clark, reason 1.4 (b and d). ¶1. (C) Summary: Malaysian police on September 12 arrested controversial blogger Raja Petra Kamaruddin under the Internal Security Act (ISA), which allows for detention without trial. Raja Petra's arrest came days after Prime Minister Abdullah threatened to use the ISA to clamp down on those allegedly stoking racial and religious tensions. The arrest stands as a warning to the growing Internet media, but also sends a signal to the political Opposition, which has vowed to topple Abdullah's coalition later this month, that the UMNO-led government could take stern measures to defend itself. End Summary. ¶2. (SBU) Malaysian police detained Raja Petra Kamaruddin, prominent blogger and editor of the controversial website "Malaysia Today", under the Internal Security Act (ISA) on September 12. The ISA allows for detention without trial. This is the first time the Act has been implemented for blogging. Raja Petra's detention came days after Prime Minister Abdullah Badawi told reporters that the government would use the ISA on those who stoke racial and religious tensions, following inter-racial feuding in this coalition and mounting challenges to Abdullah's authority and political position (Septel). ¶3. (U) Home Minister Syed Hamid Albar, who approved Raja Petra's ISA detention order, told reporters that the blogger was detained under Section 73(1) of the ISA because he was deemed a threat to security, peace, and public order. The Minister explained that Raja Petra's detention came in the wake of various statements published by him in his blog "Malaysia Today," the latest being a commentary which allegedly ridiculed Islam and the Prophet Muhammad. Syed Hamid stated, "We have called and advised him many times following the publishing of his statements but he has continued to write, so much so that they (the statements) could pose a threat (to security and public order)." The Minister added that under Section 73(1) of the Act, Raja Petra would be detained for 60 days and the police will do an assessment during the period. Syed Hamid added "if they feel he should be held more than 60 days, the police will then refer to me". Traditionally the minister will accept the recommendations made by the police and sign the order under Section 8(1) of the Act, which allows the person to be detained for renewable two-year periods. ¶4. (U) This is the second time Raja Petra has been detained under the ISA. The government of then Prime Minister Mahathir detained Raja Petra under the ISA in April 2001 for his involvement in former DPM Anwar Ibrahim initiated "reformasi" movement. He was held for 53 days before being unconditionally released, reportedly due to pressure from the King, the late Sultan of Selangor who was Raja Petra,s uncle. The current Sultan of Selangor is his cousin. ¶5. (U) Raja Petra's arrest came a day after the Cabinet ordered the Multimedia and Communications Commission (MCMC) to re-instate access to all blocked websites, including Raja Petra's "Malaysia Today" website (which was blocked on August 27). Energy, Water and Com-mu-nications Minister Shaziman Abu Mansor stated on September 12 that the Cabinet ordered the move because there were other "harsher" laws in the country, including the ISA, to "control the irresponsible dissemination of information over the Internet and to bring those irresponsible websites and blogs to book." ¶6. (C) Comment: Malaysia's on-line news sources and blogs have blossomed over recent years as an alternative to the government dominated mainstream media. This trend has only increased after the March 8 elections, in which Abdullah and his UMNO party suffered a major setback. Raja Petra is considered the most outspoken and controversial Internet journalist, and is often a proponent of opposition views. Aside from his ISA arrest, Raja Petra faces sedition charges for articles implicating Deputy Prime Minister Najib in an ongoing high profile murder case. Raja Petra's arrest is another sign of insecurity on the part of Abdullah and the UMNO party. The government's use of ISA sends a strong warning to other opposition bloggers to curb their activities. This arrest may intimidate some activists, but it also could result in a backlash by the independent media and bloggers, and increase public disaffection with Abdullah's leadership. ¶7. (C) As PM Abdullah and his UMNO party become increasingly concerned over threats to bring down their government through the crossover of 30 more BN members of Parliament, Raja Petra's arrest also will be interpreted here as a warning to the political opposition and its leader Anwar Ibrahim. Opposition officials consistently have expressed concern that the government could invoke ISA if they advance too far. While not determinate given the fluid political situation and UMNO's disarray, today's arrest of Raja Petra lends support to the view that the UMNO-led government will take stern measures to defend itself. End Comment. ¶8. (U) The Embassy offers the following draft "if asked" press guidance. Q: WHAT IS THE U.S. REACTION TO THE ARREST TODAY (SEPTEMBER 12) OF BLOGGER RAJA PETRA KAMARDUDDIN UNDER MALAYSIA'S INTERNAL SECURITY ACT (ISA)? A: We understand from press accounts that Malaysian police detained Raja Petra, who is associated with the "Malaysia Today" website, under an article of the Internal Security Act covering threats to "security, peace, and public order". We cannot comment further on the specific grounds for the Malaysian government's actions. We are aware that Raja Petra also faces legal complaints and charges of sedition related to information posted on the website. The United States firmly believes that freedom of the press and freedom of speech are fundamental components of a vibrant democracy. Freedom of expression is a basic right embodied in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The peaceful expression of political views is a cornerstone of democratic rights and practice, as is the impartial application of the rule of law. (IF ASKED SPECIFICALLY ON MALAYSIA'S USE OF THE INTERNAL SECURITY ACT) A: As a matter of principle, we hope that countries refrain from using national security laws to curtail the peaceful expression of political views and media freedom. KEITH
TOP-SECRET: Fall of Berlin Wall Caused Anxiety More than Joy at Highest Levels
Magister Bernd Pulch
|
|
Washington, D.C., July 29th, 2011 – The fall of the Berlin Wall 20 years ago generated major anxiety in capitals from Warsaw to Washington, to the point of outright opposition to the possibility of German unification, according to documents from Soviet, American and European secret files posted on the Web today by the National Security Archive.
Solidarity hero Lech Walesa told West German chancellor Helmut Kohl on the very day the Wall would fall that “events in the GDR [East Germany] are developing too quickly” and “at the wrong time,” that the Wall could fall in a week or two (it would be a matter of hours) and then Kohl and the West would shift all their attention and aid to the GDR, leaving poor Poland “in the background.” And indeed, Kohl cut short his visit to Warsaw and flew back to Germany as soon as the news arrived of the breach of the Wall.
British prime minister Margaret Thatcher earlier had told Soviet general secretary Mikhail Gorbachev that “Britain and Western Europe are not interested in the unification of Germany. The words written in the NATO communiqué may sound different, but disregard them.” Top Gorbachev aide Anatoly Chernyaev concluded that Thatcher wanted to prevent unification “with our hands” and not her own.
Former U.S. national security adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski informed Soviet Politburo member Aleksandr Yakovlev, “I openly said that I am in favor of Poland and Hungary remaining in the Warsaw Treaty Organization. Both blocs should not be disbanded right now. I do not know what will happen if the GDR ceases to exist. There will be one Germany, united and strong. This does not correspond to either your or our interests.”
One of the few highest-level expressions of joy over the fall of the Wall actually occurred in Moscow, in the diary of Gorbachev aide Chernyaev, who wrote on November 10, “The Berlin Wall has collapsed. This entire era in the history of the socialist system is over… That is what Gorbachev has done. And he has indeed turned out to be a great leader. He has sensed the pace of history and helped history to find a natural channel.”
The new documents, most of them appearing in English for the first time, are part of the forthcoming book, “Masterpieces of History”: The Peaceful End of the Cold War in Europe, 1989, edited by the National Security Archive’s Svetlana Savranskaya, Thomas Blanton, and Vladislav Zubok and published by the Central European University Press (Budapest/New York) in the Archive’s Cold War Reader series edited by Malcolm Byrne.
Read the Documents
Document 1: CIA Intelligence Assessment, “Gorbachev’s Domestic Gambles and Instability in the USSR,” September 1989
This controversial assessment from the CIA’s Office of Soviet Analysis separates SOVA from the consensus of the rest of the U.S. intelligence community regarding Gorbachev and his chances for success, or even survival. (Note 1) The document carries a scope note calling it a “speculative paper” because it goes against the general view that would soon be expressed in a Fall 1989 National Intelligence Estimate. That NIE would predict that Gorbachev would survive the coming economic crisis of 1990-91 without resorting to widespread repression (only targeted acts of suppression, as in Tbilisi)–a relatively optimistic conclusion that would play a major role in the Bush administration’s embrace of Gorbachev at Malta in December.
In the assessment below, authored by senior analyst Grey Hodnett, SOVA takes a much bleaker view, essentially concluding that Gorbachev’s reforms will fail, precipitating a coup, a crackdown, and perhaps even the piecemeal breakup of the empire. The United States “for the foreseeable future will confront a Soviet leadership that faces endemic popular unrest and that, on a regional basis at least, will have to employ emergency measures and increased use of force to retain domestic control.” The paper further predicts that “Moscow’s focus on internal order in the USSR is likely to accelerate the decay of Communist systems and growth of regional instability in Eastern Europe, pointing to the need for post-Yalta arrangements of some kind.” What exactly “post-Yalta” means is unclear, but may simply be a reference to the new non-communist government in Poland (installed in August), that explicitly chose to remain a part of the Warsaw Treaty Organization. Under any circumstances, orchestrating such an arrangement would be a major challenge for the United States.
Document 2: National Security Directive (NSD) 23, “United States Relations with the Soviet Union,” September 22, 1989
This National Security Directive, representing the formal expression of U.S. foreign policy at the highest levels, was apparently drafted as early as April 1989, and its conclusions duly reflect how divorced U.S. policy in this period is from the radical transformations occurring in Eastern Europe. Among the document’s hesitant predictions: “[t]he character of the changes taking place in the Soviet Union leads to the possibility that a new era may be now upon us. We may be able to move beyond containment to a U.S. policy that actively promotes the integration of the Soviet Union into the existing international system.” First, however, “Moscow must authoritatively renounce the ‘Brezhnev Doctrine’ and reaffirm the pledge of signatories to the U.N. Charter to refrain from the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any state.” It is almost as if the authors never read Gorbachev’s United Nations speech in December 1988, much less his Strasbourg address in July 1989. Perhaps the most sterile prescription in the document is the president’s directive to the secretary of state to eliminate “threatening Soviet positions of influence around the world.” Precisely what positions were these in the latter half of 1989? Again reflecting a sense of caution that willfully ignores the events on the ground in Eastern Europe, the authors declare hopefully: “[w]e may find that the nature of the threat itself has changed, though any such transformation could take decades.” These policy recommendations would perhaps be appropriate for 1986, but they are completely outdated in 1989.
Document 3: Record of Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Margaret Thatcher, September 23, 1989
These notes of Margaret Thatcher’s conversation with Gorbachev contain the British leader’s most sensitive views on Germany–so confidential that she requests no written record be made of them during the meeting. Chernyaev complies but immediately afterwards rushes outside and writes down her comments from memory. The talks open with a candid exchange in which Gorbachev explains the recent (September 19-20) Party Plenum’s decisions on ethnic conflict, and why he does not believe in the Chinese model: “how can you reform both the economy and politics without democratizing society, without glasnost, which incorporates individuals into an active socio-political life?” Thatcher replies, “I understand your position [on Eastern Europe] in the following way: you are in favor of each country choosing its own road of development so long as the Warsaw Treaty is intact. I understand this position perfectly.”
At this point, the prime minister asks that note-taking be discontinued. Her words are indeed forceful, and imply a certain tradeoff–I understand your position on Eastern Europe, please accept mine on Germany: “Britain and Western Europe are not interested in the unification of Germany. The words written in the NATO communiqué may sound different, but disregard them. We do not want the unification of Germany.” Of course, “[w]e are not interested in the destabilization of Eastern Europe or the dissolution of the Warsaw treaty either … I can tell you that this is also the position of the U.S. president.” No doubt the Russians took note that the U.S. reassurance only applied to Eastern Europe and not to German unification; but the vehemence of Thatcher’s opposition to the idea of unification provides a certain comfort to Gorbachev that he would rely on until it was too late for him actually to prevent the merger.
Document 4: Diary of Anatoly Chernyaev regarding German Reunification, October 9, 1989
This diary entry reflects the overestimation, by Gorbachev and his top aides, of the strength of West European opposition to German reunification. Chernyaev notes with approval the chorus of French official voices that have spoken quietly against “one Germany,” as well as the earlier Gorbachev conversations with Margaret Thatcher (see Document No. 3). But a note of realism emerges as Chernyaev concludes that the West Europeans want Moscow to do their dirty work: “they want to prevent this [reunification] with our hands.”
Document 5: Record of Conversation between Vadim Medvedev and Kurt Hager, October 13, 1989
Just a week after Gorbachev’s visit to Berlin, senior GDR party leader Kurt Hager and the Soviet Politburo member in charge of ideology, Vadim Medvedev, meet for several hours in Moscow. This memorandum provides an ample dose of the kind of party jargon that was the staple of such “fraternal” conversations in the Soviet bloc. Rote invocations of eternal Soviet-East German friendship are followed by rhetorical commitments to continuing the building of socialism. But the real problems of the day continually force their way into the discussion. Hager admits that an “inconsistency” between “everyday experiences” and “official reporting” has led to the spread of “a justifiable discontent” across society. Yet, the two party loyalists conclude, all this is really the result of “a massive campaign by the enemy” of “psychological warfare against the GDR, the SED, and socialism.” For them, the campaign has been a “complete failure,” notwithstanding the thousands of recent East German émigrés, the church dignitaries joining the political opposition, the street demonstrations, and all the other visible evidence of the GDR’s imminent collapse.
Document 6: Record of Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Willy Brandt, October 17, 1989
In this conversation, Brandt and Gorbachev discuss changes under way in Eastern Europe and Germany and note the closeness of Soviet-West German contacts after Gorbachev’s visit to Bonn in June 1989. The Soviet leader calls for stability and gradual character of processes, informing Brandt that “I said to Mitterrand, Kohl, and Thatcher: it would be unacceptable for someone to behave like an elephant in a china shop right now.” In the one-on-one portion of the conversation Brandt and Gorbachev talk specifically about unification of Germany but set it in the framework of the “all-European process,” in other words, building of the common European home comes first and then within that home gradual unification could take place.
Document 7: Record of Telephone Conversation between George H.W. Bush and Helmut Kohl, October 23, 1989
Not only does Helmut Kohl initiate this telephone call, he also leads the entire conversation, giving the American president a detailed briefing, country-by-country, about the changes in Eastern Europe. Kohl says he is supporting the Hungarian reform communists “quite vigorously,” and that “our Western friends and partners should be doing more” to aid Poland. He foresees more than 150,000 refugees from the GDR by Christmas, and reaffirms his commitment to NATO. Bush’s response shows his concern from media stories “about German reunification resulting in a neutralist Germany and a threat to Western security”–“we do not believe that,” he insists–and he almost plaintively seeks credit for the $200 million that the U.S. will contribute to a Poland stabilization fund (hardly the new Marshall Plan that would be called for by, among others, Lech Wałęsa in his November 15 address to a joint session of the U.S. Congress). But Bush, characteristically, is determined not to move “so fast as to be reckless.”
Document 8: Record of Conversation between Aleksandr Yakovlev and Zbigniew Brzezinski, October 31, 1989
The leading Soviet reformer on the Politburo finds surprising agreement on the German question in this meeting with the Polish-American observer, Zbigniew Brzezinski, whom the Soviets had vilified as an enemy of détente when he served as President Carter’s national security adviser in the late 1970s. (Cementing his reputation for iconoclasm, Brzezinski would subsequently endorse Ronald Reagan for re-election in 1984.) In a tribute to glasnost, Brzezinski thanks Yakovlev for permitting a ceremonial visit to Katyń, the site of the World War II massacre of Polish officers by Stalin’s NKVD, which Soviet propaganda had long blamed on the Nazis.
This frank discussion of the future of Europe features Yakovlev’s repeated notion of the mutual dissolution of NATO and the Warsaw Pact versus Brzezinski’s argument that the blocs should remain stable, and even the new governments of Poland and Hungary should remain part of the Warsaw Treaty Organization. Like Gorbachev’s quotation of Giscard d’Estaing, Yakovlev foresees a Europe with “a common parliament, common affairs and trade relations,” along with open borders. He warns against any intervention by the U.S. or Western Europe in the processes underway in the East; and he declares that the lesson of Afghanistan is that “not one Soviet soldier should be in a foreign country with the purpose of conducting warfare.” Yakovlev wants the “same understanding” from the American side.
For his part, Brzezinski makes a number of prescient observations, contrasting the state of reform in the USSR (a “rift” between political and economic reform, with the former much further along) to that of China (economic but not political change), predicting that Czechoslovakia would soon follow the path of Poland and Hungary (this would happen only seven weeks later), and warning that any crumbling of the East German regime would soon lead to German unification–a development that “does not correspond to either your or our interests.” Here we see the Polish nationalist worried about “the Prussians” and preferring to keep Europe divided into two blocs rather than deal with “one Germany, united and strong.” The next day at a Politburo meeting, Gorbachev would compliment Brzezinski for possessing “global brains.”
Document 9: Record of Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Egon Krenz, November 1, 1989
Here the Soviet leader receives the new East German replacement for Honecker, Egon Krenz. As interior minister, Krenz had declined to use force to suppress the Leipzig and other demonstrations, yet he would later serve time in unified German jails (unlike Honecker, who would be excused for health reasons) as punishment for the GDR’s policy of shooting Berlin Wall jumpers. Krenz tells Gorbachev, in effect, that his country’s policy has changed, citing “orders to our border troops not to use weapons at the border,” as part of an attempt to address the pressing refugee crisis.
Apparently meeting with Gorbachev’s approval, Krenz mentions in passing a new draft “law on foreign travel” that would loosen restrictions. This proposed law would figure directly in the most dramatic moment of the entire period. On November 9, a party spokesman’s unplanned announcement of the new law’s immediate effect (rather than the gradual change intended by the SED) at a Berlin press conference would lead to huge crowds pressing through checkpoints at the border with West Berlin culminating later that night in the actual tearing down of the Wall itself. Perhaps at this point Gorbachev is already resigned to the refugee exodus and this presages Moscow’s relative calm when the Wall would fall.
With such developments as yet unimagined, the two leaders commiserate about the failures of Krenz’s predecessor. Gorbachev even claims that Honecker might have survived had he reformed earlier, but Krenz says Honecker was too threatened by Gorbachev’s own popularity. They frankly discuss their mutual economic problems, including Soviet resentment over providing the raw materials for the GDR’s factories, and Moscow’s sense of Eastern Europe as a burden. The Soviet general secretary also tells a remarkable story about the Politburo’s own ignorance of economic matters, describing an episode in the early 1980s when Gorbachev and Ryzhkov tried to obtain some budget information only to be warned away by then-leader Yuri Andropov.
On the German question, both the Soviet and the East German take comfort that “the majority of Western leaders do not want to see the dissolution” of the blocs nor the unification of Germany. But within a month the East German parliament would revoke the leading role of the communist party, and Krenz himself would resign on December 6.
Document 10: Notes of CC CPSU Politburo Session, November 3, 1989
In this excerpt of the Politburo notes, head of the KGB Vladimir Kryuchkov makes an accurate prediction about the rallies that would take place next day in Berlin, showing that the Soviet leadership had a pretty good understanding of the developments on the ground. They also realize that they need the help of the FRG to “keep the GDR afloat.” In an surprising proposal, Foreign Minister Eduard Shevardnadze suggests that the Soviets should take down the Wall themselves. Gorbachev shares his view that “the West does not want unification of Germany, but it wants to prevent it with our hands.”
Document 11: Cable from U.S. Embassy in Sofia to the State Department, “The Nov 10 CC Party Plenum: Little Prospect for Major Changes,” November 9, 1989
On the day the Berlin Wall would fall, few could imagine that dramatic events were about to take place across the bloc. Typical of the cautious diplomatic discourse only hours before the ultimate Cold War symbol cracked is this cable from the U.S. Embassy in Bulgaria predicting calm and continuity, no “major personnel changes” and no “major change towards a more reform-minded system” as a result of the communist party plenum about to meet in Sofia. The Embassy’s information comes from limited sources–two Party officials and a published plenum discussion paper. In fact, at this moment, the 78-year-old Bulgarian party boss Todor Zhivkov is trying to fire his more moderate foreign minister, Petar Mladenov, who within a day would take Zhivkov’s job, promise a “modern, democratic, and law-governed state” and receive effusive public congratulations from Gorbachev.
Document 12: Notes of CC CPSU Politburo Session, November 9, 1989
On this historic day featuring the breaching of the Berlin Wall, the Soviet Politburo pays no attention at all to Eastern Europe. The leadership’s regular weekly meeting mentions not a word about the changes in East Germany, but the reason becomes understandable when one realizes that the subject is the even more chilling prospect of the dissolution of the USSR itself. There is a sense of fatalism in the air about the inevitability of the Baltic countries seceding, and even Gorbachev can propose only a media strategy to try to convince the Balts that separating from the USSR will “doom their people to a miserable existence.” As he often does, Prime Minister Ryzhkov plays the role of the panicked Cassandra: “What we should fear is not the Baltics, but Russia and Ukraine. I smell an overall collapse. And then there will be another government, another leadership of the country, already a different country.” This time, his prediction would come true.
Document 13: Record of Conversation between Helmut Kohl and Lech Wałęsa, November 9, 1989
When the Berlin Wall is breached, West German Chancelor Helmut Kohl is out of the country–visiting the new democratic leaders of Poland. The Poles, represented by Solidarity hero and Nobel Prize winner Lech Wałęsa, are not at all eager for more change in East Germany. Wałęsa is virtually the only major political figure who foresees the Wall coming down soon–“he wonders whether the Wall will still be standing in one or two weeks”–and is anxious that “events in the GDR are developing too quickly.” He even suggests to Kohl that “one must try to slow them down” because “what would happen if the GDR completely opened its border and tore down the Wall–must the Federal Republic of Germany rebuild it [East Germany] again?” The problem for Poland, Wałęsa explains, is that West Germany “would be compelled to direct its gaze toward the GDR as a top priority” and no longer help Poland with its reforms. Kohl demurs and reassures Wałęsa that no matter what, Poland’s reforms would remain a priority. Besides, he adds, “[t]here is no military alternative [in the GDR]–either involving their own or Russian soldiers.” So events in the GDR, he declares, would remain under control. Within hours, however, the news of the Wall would arrive and Kohl would scramble back to Berlin–and ultimately fulfill Wałęsa’s prophecy.
Document 14: George H. W. Bush Remarks and a Question-and Answer Session with Reporters on the Relaxation of East German Border Controls, November 9, 1989
In this press conference, which took place just as first reports on the fall of Berlin Wall started coming in President George H. W. Bush expresses his cautious and uneasy reaction to the developments in Berlin. To the question why he does not seem “elated,” he responds, “I am not an emotional kind of guy.”
Document 15: Diary of Anatoly Chernyaev regarding the Collapse of the Berlin Wall, November 10, 1989
This extraordinary diary entry from inside the Kremlin on the day after the Wall’s collapse captures the “snapshot” reaction of one of the closest and most loyal of Gorbachev’s assistants. Chernyaev practically cheers “the end of Yalta” and the “Stalinist legacy” in Europe, and sees “the shift in the world balance of forces” towards ideas like the common European home and the Soviet Union’s integration with Europe. All of this he attributes to Gorbachev leading, not standing in the way.
Document 16: Record of Telephone Conversation between George H.W. Bush and Helmut Kohl, November 10, 1989
This memorandum of conversation reads as if the agenda had been set before the Berlin Wall fell. The West German chancellor leads off with a report on his trip to Poland, where the new leaders are “fine people” but with “too little professionalism” because they “spent the last couple of years in prison, not a place where one can learn how to govern.” Only after the president says he has no questions about Poland does Kohl launch into a description of the extraordinary scene in Berlin, “a dramatic thing; an historic hour,” “like witnessing an enormous fair” with “the atmosphere of a festival” where “they are literally taking down the wall” and “thousands of people are crossing both ways.” Kohl hopes that the opening will not lead to more brain drain since 230,000 East Germans have already moved to the West this past year alone. Bush especially appreciates the political gesture Kohl mentions of publicly thanking “the Americans for their role in all of this;” and the president emphasizes his wish to be thoroughly briefed by Kohl before the upcoming Malta summit with Gorbachev. Bush repeats his recurring refrain about wanting “to see our people continue to avoid especially hot rhetoric that might by mistake cause a problem.” (In other words, no dancing on the Wall).
Document 17: Record of Telephone Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Helmut Kohl, November 11, 1989
With the tearing down of the Wall, the West German chancellor takes the initiative in Europe, reaching out to both Moscow and Washington with assurances of stability in the two Germanys–the epicenter of the Cold War–while simultaneously pursuing his ultimately successful campaign for German unification. Here Kohl calls Gorbachev to express some of the same points made in the previous day’s telephone conversation with Bush: the need for more dynamic reforms in the GDR, the crossing back and forth of hundreds of thousands through the open Wall, and the potential impact of high numbers of East Germans migrating to the FRG. But Kohl’s core message is that he opposes destabilization in the GDR, and he indicates that he will check in with Gorbachev on all relevant topics immediately after his upcoming trip to Poland.
This appears to reassure the Soviet leader, who mentions their previous “philosophical” discussions about “relations between our two peoples” and how “mutual understanding is improving” as “we are getting closer to each other.” Gorbachev also applauds what he calls “a historic turn toward new relations, toward a new world;” but his worries show through when he urges Kohl to “use your authority, your political weight and influence to keep others within limits that are adequate for the time being … ” On a day when banners calling for German unification are billowing on both sides of the former Wall, Gorbachev resorts to euphemisms about this touchy subject, and hears what he wants to hear in Kohl’s commitment to stability.
Document 18: Record of Telephone Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Francois Mitterrand, November 14, 1989
Alarmed by “all the excitement that has been raised in the FRG around the issue of German unification,” Gorbachev reaches out to the French president to confirm that “we have a mutual understanding” on this issue. Mitterrand’s tone is reassuring: “There is a certain equilibrium that exists in Europe, and we should not disturb it.” But his words are more equivocal than Gorbachev would have wanted. The French position is to “avoid any kind of disruption,” but Mitterrand does not think “that the issue of changing borders can realistically be raised now–at least until a certain time.” When that time would be, however, he does not say. Gorbachev believes he has assurances from Kohl that he will “abide strictly by the existing agreements” and that “the Germans should live where they are living now;” but such categorical commitments are not in evidence in the actual texts of Kohl’s conversations.
Notes
1. The background for this document comes from Lundberg, “CIA and the Fall of the Soviet Empire.”
CONFIDENTIAL:Viewing cable 04BRUSSELS1337, EU SUMMIT: FOREIGN POLICY TOPICS
C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 BRUSSELS 001337 SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 03/26/2014 TAGS: PREL ZL CY IS IZ IV EUN RU USEU BRUSSELS SUBJECT: EU SUMMIT: FOREIGN POLICY TOPICS Classified By: Rick Holtzapple, PolOff, Reasons 1.4. (B/D) SUMMARY ------ ¶1. (SBU) The EU's March 25-26 Summit ran quickly through a series of foreign policy issues during dinner on March 25, followed up by a lunch discussion on Cyprus March 26 that lasted less than one hour. The final Conclusions (available on at ue.eu.int/latest news) consisted of language largely repeating earlier positions on Iraq, the Middle East, Cyprus, Kosovo, and Afghanistan. Two topics added to the agenda at the last minute were Russia and Cote d'Ivoire, but even on those the language essentially reiterated earlier positions. On some topics, particularly Cyprus, however, the fact that the Conclusions say nothing new does not mean they weren't the subject of lengthy debate at the working level. END SUMMARY. IRAQ ---- ¶2. (C) A British source told us the Conclusions on Iraq had been drafted by the UK together with the Irish Presidency. They were "carefully worded to be as helpful to the Coalition as possible." The Conclusions harshly condemn the recent terror attacks, particularly the targeting of civilians as a method of attempting "to disrupt the process of restoring sovereignty and stability to Iraq." The Conclusions make repeated reference to the EU's desire for "a strong" or "vital and growing" UN role in the political transition process, but dances around the issue of any further UNSCR by saying the EU looks forward to having the UN's role "endorsed" by the UNSC. Asked during a press conference if he felt a new UNSCR was necessary, French President Chirac noted France's "consistent" position that the only way to bring stability to Iraq was by putting in place a representative government with full powers, but on a UNSCR would only say that "France's position continues to be that it would be useful." European Parliament President Pat Cox, in a separate press conference, underlined the EU's interest in a "core and central role" for the UN, but added, in what appeared to be an indirect reference to Spain and others, that if such a role could be secured in time, then the EU's June 17-18 EU Summit "would have to deliver." MIDDLE EAST: GME, YASSIN'S DEATH -------------------------------- ¶3. (C) The language here is largely a repetition of past GAERC or EU Summit Conclusions. One sentence, highlighted in press reports, makes a reference that we do not recall seeing in earlier Conclusions, but which is consistent with standard EU policy: "the EU will not recognize any change to the pre-1967 borders other than those arrived at by agreement between the parties." The Conclusions also repeat the March 22 GAERC's objections to the "extra-judicial killing of Hamas leader Sheikh Ahmed Yassin." But, asked by the press about the EU's views on the vetoed UNSCR condemning the Israeli attack, Irish FM Brian Cowen commented that the draft Resolution failed because it was "unbalanced" and failed to condemn suicide bombings as well. Asked in his press conference about whether Yassin's death would torpedo the U.S. Greater Middle East initiative, Chirac said that the project had been "bouscule" (which can be loosely translated as either "shoved" or "knocked over"). Still, in the Summit Conclusions the EU leaders recalled "the readiness of the EU to work with the US and other partners in cooperating with the region." Irish PM Ahern noted that he and FM Cowen would be traveling to the Arab League Summit next week, and meeting with Egyptian President Mubarak on March 29. CYPRUS ------ ¶4. (C) Our British contact stressed that the Conclusions say "absolutely nothing that has not been said before." He noted that drafters had argued all through the night of March 25-26, only concluding their negotiations at 6 a.m. this morning. While the final version says the Summit "welcomes the Commission's continued willingness to offer assistance for a speedy solution within the framework of the acquis," our contact said the Greek delegation had argued "endlessly" for tougher language that would stress that any settlement must conform to the acquis, or that no EU citizen could be treated differently than another. He said that after the negotiations the Greeks were irritated by the British insistence on sticking strictly to old texts, while the Turks were annoyed the Conclusions included any reference at all to the "acquis." "The Turks should be pleased there is nothing new in the text, and that it is not worse," he added. We also note that the Conclusions include a sentence saying the Summit "welcomes the Commission's offer to organize a high-level international conference in Brussels on 15 April to prepare a donors conference." RUSSIA ------ ¶5. (C) Reportedly, over the past of couple of weeks the EU has gone back and forth about whether to include specific reference to Russia in this Summit's Conclusions. In the end the Summit took the opportunity to not only congratulate President Putin on his re-election, but, more substantively, to reiterate to Russia that the EU expects its Partnership and Cooperation Agreement with Russia "to be applicable to all Member States without pre-condition or distinction as from May 1, 2004." A Russian colleague observing at the Summit with us, acknowledged that Russia had been taken by surprise by its inclusion in the Conclusions, and speculated that it was Poland that most likely pushed for the language on the PCA to be included. COTE D'IVOIRE ------------- ¶6. (U) Presumably at French request, the Summit added a short paragraph on March 26 to its Conclusions regretting the recent violence and stressing that "full implementation of the Marcoussis agreements is essential for returning peace in the country." SCHNABEL
THE NAPLES GARBAGE CRISIS: A CASE STUDY IN SOUTHERN ITALIAN PARALYSIS, WITH SOME SIGNS OF HOPE
VZCZCXRO1344 RR RUEHFL RUEHNP DE RUEHNP #0119/01 3241638 ZNR UUUUU ZZH R 201638Z NOV 07 FM AMCONSUL NAPLES TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC 6148 INFO RUEHRO/AMEMBASSY ROME 0369 RUEHMIL/AMCONSUL MILAN 0070 RUEHFL/AMCONSUL FLORENCE 0057 RHMFIUU/COMUSNAVEUR NAPLES IT RHMFIUU/COMSERVFORSIXTHFLT RUEHNP/AMCONSUL NAPLES 0875 UNCLAS SECTION 01 OF 02 NAPLES 000119 SIPDIS SIPDIS E.O. 12958: N/A TAGS: SENV PGOV PREL CASC TBIO IT SUBJECT: THE NAPLES GARBAGE CRISIS: A CASE STUDY IN SOUTHERN ITALIAN PARALYSIS, WITH SOME SIGNS OF HOPE REF: NAPLES 57 Sensitive but unclassified - handle accordingly. ¶1. (SBU) Summary: Although the accumulation of garbage in Italy's Campania region has declined significantly since it grew to crisis proportions earlier this year, continued national and even international press coverage have made it a symbol of everything that is wrong with the Italian South: ineffective public services, failed leadership, lack of civic responsibility, and entrenched organized crime. While politicians continue to argue and blame each other, Naples Prefect Pansa, the government's Waste Commissioner, has identified new dump sites and landfills that, when opened, should bring relief. An incinerator in Acerra should begin operating in 2008, and will also contribute to a solution. A U.S. Navy assessment of health risks to its personnel in the region is being undertaken, and will examine how long-term contamination may have affected the air, water and soil quality (note: close hold). Post will continue to monitor the situation closely as our warden message on potential health hazards expires December 31. End summary. ¶2. (U) While the waste emergency in Campania is not as severe as it was several months ago (reftel), it has not yet been resolved. Trash goes uncollected for days and sometimes weeks in some parts of Naples and outlying suburbs and towns. As landfill space has become scarcer, some 300 to 500 metric tons of waste have accumulated in Naples Province alone, according to media reports. One report indicated that, were the garbage bales to be piled end to end, they would stretch from Naples to Scotland, while another predicted it would take fifty years to incinerate just the current accumulation. Regarding the separate issue of sewage treatment, one former Naples academic who now lives in the U.S. told the CG it is sheer luck that the city has not had a cholera epidemic in years. ¶3. (U) On November 13, Pol-Econoff and Econ specialist toured some of the affected areas. Particularly hard-hit by the crisis is suburban Pozzuoli, just west of Naples, where garbage piles stretch as long as 200 meters. At one site, Roma children picked through a five-foot high heap; at another, smoke billowed from a massive pile -- despite a huge sign announcing ""dumping prohibited."" Other areas choked with refuse include the Naples neighborhoods of Fuorigrotta and Bagnoli (near the NATO base), and several roads running on the ocean side of Mt. Vesuvius not far from the archaeological site of Herculaneum. Interestingly, there are no piles of uncollected trash in most tourist areas, in the Chiaia neighborhood where the American Consulate is located, or in Posillipo, the upscale neighborhood where Regional President Bassolino lives. ¶4. (SBU) Residents of some of the worst affected areas have staged several demonstrations over the past few weeks, some to protest that the garbage has not been collected, and some to object to the possible establishment of new dumps in their towns. As foreshadowed in reftel, a number of local mayors have opposed new dumps. Following increasing media attention, on November 7, Prime Minister Prodi called several local authorities to Rome to try to broker an agreement. The next day, Naples mayor Rosa Iervolino privately expressed her frustration to the CG, noting that both politics and geography were hindering a solution. Naples does not have much open space nearby, she said, ""and I can't dump the garbage into the sea!"" Later on November 8, a site near a cemetery in the city's Poggioreale district was selected as a new city dump. Yet although Iervolino acknowledged that the northern Italian city of Brescia successfully converted trash into energy, there is apparently no imminent plan to copy this model in Naples. ¶5. (SBU) In July, Prodi appointed Naples prefect Alessandro Pansa to be the new Commissioner for the Waste Emergency, replacing Guido Bertolaso, who continues in his role as national Director of Civil Protection. A member of Pansa's team (a nuclear waste specialist from Italy's Geological Survey) told us November 15 that he is optimistic the waste problem will be over soon, though this view is not widely shared by all observers. Two new major landfills in Caserta and Avellino (the former ""a done deal,"" the latter strongly expected) should mean an end to the space problem, he said. In addition, a modern incinerator, designed to convert non-toxic waste into energy, should be completed in Acerra in 2008. Many of the bales of waste that have been through processing plants and stored temporarily around the region will be deposited into some of Campania's caves, and in some instances covered with cement. ¶6. (U) Naples' recycling program (established two or three years ago) is not working well. Most politicians with whom we have discussed the issue bemoan the fact that Italians, in particular Southern Italians, do not share the discipline and civic responsibility of their northern European counterparts. However, even those who do attempt to recycle may be doing so in vain, according to the waste expert. Glass, cardboard and metal, which are in demand, get recycled, but the paper and plastic that many Neapolitans work to separate often get mixed back in with the rest of the garbage because recycling them is not economically viable. Mayor Iervelino asked the CG for possible U.S. interlocutors experienced in large-scale recycling. As part of the Mission's ""green"" initiative, the Consulate General recycles paper, plastic and toner. ¶7. (U) As for dealing with the ""not-in-my-backyard"" syndrome, our contact told us that Pansa's role as Commissioner gives him the authority (and funding) to issue and enforce decrees. On November 16, Naples media reported that Pansa had warned local authorities that if they do not accept their responsibility to deal with the waste problem, a solution would be forced on them. Indeed, politics seems to be a greater obstacle to resolving the problem than geographical or other factors, and reflects a broader leadership paralysis that extends well beyond the garbage crisis. Pansa's term as Commissioner expires on December 31; he will be replaced by Regional President Bassolino, who has already served as Waste Commissioner, and who is under indictment for fraud relating to cost and time over-runs on the incinerator project. ¶8. (U) The situation is further complicated by finger-pointing by various political leaders, and ongoing, unsubstantiated rumors that somehow organized crime is behind the waste crisis. Our contact in Pansa's office reported that he has not seen evidence of Camorra involvement, although he had noticed some ""suspicious"" people observing the unloading of waste at various dump sites. Organized crime's links to illegal toxic waste dumps in the region have been described in annual reports by leading Italian environmental group Legambiente, as well as in the recently published best-seller mafia expose ""Gomorra."" A major Camorra boss told judges a few years ago that toxic waste ""is like gold"" -- one of the most lucrative and less risky activities for the Camorra. Half of the industrial waste produced in Italy each year falls into the hands of organized crime groups who dispose of it illegally for record profits, according to Legambiente's most recent study. ¶9. (SBU) The U.S. Commander of Navy Region Europe has commissioned an assessment, being conducted by Navy experts with the collaboration of host-country officials, of the health risks of waste and pollution in the area. (NOTE: This assessment is sensitive and has not yet been made public, though both the GOI and local authorities are on board -- please hold close. End note.) Though prompted by this year's garbage crisis, its focus will be much larger, and the team will look at the effects of waste on the quality of soil, water and food throughout the region. According to members of the assessment team, initial indications are that the garbage burning, while unpleasant and possibly dangerous in certain areas, is not likely to be a serious general health risk. (An ongoing GOI study should shed more light on this.) A potentially more serious concern is the effect of decades of improper hazardous waste disposal in Campania. (The results of a GOI study were presented at an international conference in September, and should be published soon.) The key question regarding both trash burning and buried waste is if there is an overlap between specific local areas of concern and where Navy employees live or work, something the assessment team will be focusing on using geospatial data. COMMENT ------- ¶10. (SBU) Despite high-profile media attention (newspapers continue to call it a ""crisis"" and an ""emergency""), the waste situation has improved significantly since the summer, and further progress appears to be in sight, despite the characteristically inefficient bureaucracy and the tendency of both politicians and the public to complain rather than to offer solutions. Most city districts are not overflowing with burning rubbish, as was the case several months ago. The Department's warden message, issued earlier this year in response to the more urgent situation, expires on December 31. Post will continue to monitor the situation, and will coordinate closely with local authorities (both health and political) and U.S. military personnel before making any final recommendation. TRUHN
CONDIDENTIAL: East German Refugee Crisis in Embassies in Prague Turned Hardliners into Advocates for Change
Magister Bernd Pulch
Prague 1989:
Washington, D.C., July 28th, 2011 – Just before the fall of the Berlin Wall 20 years ago, even the hardline Czechoslovak Communist leaders called for the opening of the German border, according to documents from high-level archives in Berlin, Bonn and Prague published for the first time in English and posted on the Web today by the National Security Archive at George Washington University.
Compiled and edited by Czech historian Vilem Precan and translated by Todd Hammond, the documents show that waves of East German refugees fleeing to the West through Czechoslovakia (more than 62,000 just in the period from November 4 to 10, 1989) so alarmed the Czechoslovak Communist authorities – who previously had resisted the reforms under way in Poland, Hungary and in Moscow – that they asked the East German leadership on November 8 to allow its citizens to go directly to West Germany, in effect to open the border.
The documents posted today include the secret diplomatic exchanges between the West German foreign ministry and its embassy in Prague where thousands of refugees took shelter, between East German diplomats in Prague and their bosses in East Berlin, between Czechoslovak diplomats and Party officials and their counterparts, and eyewitness accounts by dissident Charter 77 spokespeople about the refugee crisis.
The posting also includes contemporaneous photographs of the scene at the West German embassy in Prague, Czech police attempting to prevent refugees from scaling the embassy walls, the tent city that arose in its courtyard, and rows of abandoned Trabant cars in the streets of Prague.
The detailed essay by Vilem Precan, “Through Prague to Freedom,” that accompanies the documents cites the Czechoslovak government’s demarche to East Berlin on November 8 as “a kind of ultimatum” that forced the East German Communists into a rapid “modification of rules for permanent exit” – a reform famously announced and flubbed by an East German Politburo member at a press conference on November 9. The statements by Gunter Schabowski led Western TV reporters to declare the Berlin Wall open when it was not, but the televised news brought crowds of East Germans to the checkpoints in East Berlin that evening who eventually forced their way through and made the media reports ultimately accurate.
Partners of long standing with the National Security Archive, the Czechoslovak Documentation Centre also acknowledges the generous support of the Fritz Thyssen Foundation specifically for the intensive archival and translation efforts involving in researching and compiling the previously secret history of the refugee crisis of 1989.
Through Prague to Freedom
The Exodus of GDR Citizens through Czechoslovakia to the Federal Republic of Germany, September 30 – November 10, 1989
An introductory essay by Vilém Prečan (PDF version)
Document 1
August 22, 1989, Bonn – Foreign Ministry of the Federal Republic of Germany to the embassy in Prague. Orders dealing with the temporary closing of the Prague embassy to the public.PA AA Berlin, Record group B85, Vol. 2346E. Drahterlass No. 402.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 2
September 12, 1989, Prague – Statement from Czechoslovak Press Agency on the alleged anti-Czechoslovak campaign by the media and some political circles in the Federal Republic concerning the “illegal emigration” of GDR citizens.CTK (Czech Press Agency), Prague. Archival database, 9/12/1989.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 3
September 14, 1989, Prague – Charter 77 spokepersons to the CSSR government. Letter on the situation of East German refugees at the Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany in Prague.Informace o Chartě 77, Vol. 12 (1989), No. 17, p. 2.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 4
September 20, 1989, Prague – GDR Ambassador Helmut Ziebart to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Berlin. Reports on measures taken by the Czechoslovak authorities against attempts by citizens of the GDR to cross into Hungary, and the situation at the Federal Republic embassy in Prague.BStU Berlin. MfS, ZAIG, 22477, Fol. 17 f.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 5
September 21, 1989, Berlin – Memorandum of conversation between GDR Foreign Minister Oskar Fischer and director of the fourth territorial department of the Czechoslovak Foreign Ministry Kadnár. With the authorization of the General Secretary of the CPCz Central Committee and the CSSR Government, Kadnár relays the Czechoslovak position on the question of the GDR citizens at the Embassy of Federal Republic in Prague. “The Czechoslovak side asks that the GDR consider the possibility of solving the problem in Prague with a one-time measure explicitly described as a great exception.”SAPMO-BArch. Berlin. DY 30, 11621.
Translation by Todd Hammond.
Document 6
September 29, 1989, Prague – Federal Ministry of Foreign Affairs to CSSR Permanent UN Mission in New York. Report of the territorial department IV for Minister Johanes on the newest Czechoslovak proposals and other steps to resolve the situation at the embassy of the Federal Republic in Prague. “The GDR must take a more active part in the interest of easing the entire set of problems…”Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams sent, 1989, vol. 9, ref. no. 3335
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 7
September 29, 1989, Prague – Federal Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the CSSR Permanent UN Mission in New York. Report by the Territorial Department IV for Minister Johanes on the meeting between Soviet ambassador Lomakin and Secretary of the CPCz Central Committee Jozef Lenárt over the issue of the GDR citizens at the Federal Republic embassy in Prague.Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams sent, 1989, vol. 9, ref. no. 3338.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 8
September 29, 1989, 16:35, Prague – GDR Ambassador Helmut Ziebart to the SED Central Committee and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Berlin, relaying his observations from conversations with officials of the CPCz and the CSSR Ministry of Foreign Affairs.BStU Berlin, MfS, HA II, 32922, Fol. 5 – 7.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 9
September 30, 1989, Prague – Federal Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the CSSR Permanent UN Mission in New York. Report of the Territorial Department IV for Minister Johanes on proposals by the GDR leadership for transport of GDR citizens from the Prague embassy of the Federal Republic, and agreement by CSSR officials with this solution.Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams sent, 1989, vol. 9, ref. no. 3340.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 10
October 2, 1989, Prague – Embassy of the Federal Republic in Prague to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Bonn. Summary report on the one-time transfer of citizens of the GDR to the Federal Republic on the night of September 30 – October 1 after intervention by Foreign Minister Genscher, and another wave of refugees on the embassy grounds.PA AA Berlin. Record group AV, Vol. 20.682E. Drahtbericht No.2294.
Translation by Todd Hammond.
Document 11
October 3, 1989, 17:40, Prague – GDR Ambassador Helmut Ziebart to the GDR Foreign Ministry and the SED Central Committee, conveying a plea by the CPCz leadership and the CSSR Government to have some understanding for Czechoslovakia’s difficult situation resulting from the mass influx of GDR citizens; expressing the CSSR Government’s thanks for finding a solution; and informing the GDR Foreign Ministry of the Czechoslovak intention to stand behind the GDR position.BStU Berlin, MfS, HA II, 38061, Fol. 110 f.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 12
October 3, 1989, Prague – CSSR Government statement about the gathering of citizens of the GDR at the Embassy of the Federal Republic, and their departure to the Federal Republic, with criticism of the allegedly irresponsible measures taken by the Federal Republic.CTK (Czech Press Agency), Prague. Archival database, 10/3/1989.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 13
October 3, 1989, Berlin – CSSR Ambassador to the GDR František Langer to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Prague. Reports on the decision of the SED leadership to temporarily suspend private travel by GDR citizens to Czechoslovakia, and resolve the situation at the Federal Republic embassy in Prague as was done on September 30.Foreign Ministry Archive, Prague. Telegrams received, 1989, vol. 35.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 14
October 4, 1989, Berlin – First Deputy Foreign Minister Herbert Krolikowski to General Secretary of the SED Central Committee and Chairman of the GDR State Council Erich Honecker. Relays information from Ambassador Helmut Ziebart with urgent inquiries and messages from CSSR officials. “Comrade Jakeš asks that Comrade Honecker himself be told that the situation in Prague is highly critical.”BStU Berlin. MfS, Sekr. des Ministers, 63, Fol. 23 f.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 15
October 4, 1989, Berlin – Resolution by the SED Politburo on measures to be taken in regard to the emigration of GDR citizens gathering at the embassy of the Federal Republic in Prague, further limitations on the visa- and passport-free travel regime with the CSSR, and increased patrolling of the GRD’s border with Poland.SAPMO-BArch. Berlin. DY 30, 5195, Fol. 14 f. Also SAPMO-BArch. Berlin. DY 30, J IV/2/2, 2530, Fols. 1–3.
Translation by Todd Hammond.
line the streets of PragueDocument 16
October 5, 1989, Prague – Czechoslovak State Security Headquarters, Second Department. Information on the exodus of GDR citizens from the Prague embassy of the Federal Republic through GDR territory, and the situation in and around the embassy on October 1–4, 1989Security Services Archive, Prague. Object file reg. no. 845 (“Obora”), Fols. 209–212.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 17
October 5, 1989, Berlin – Summary of information by the GDR Ministry of State Security about the transport to the Federal Republic of East German citizens taking refuge at West German embassy, and related events, occurring on the territory of the GDR, especially in Dresden.BStU Berlin, MfS, Arbeitsbereich Neiber, 613, Fols. 22-27.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 18
October 5–6, 1989, Prague – Report from Charter 77 signatory Jan Urban on the second exodus of GDR citizens from Prague to the Federal Republic, published in the independent samizdat bulletin Information on Charter 77.Informace o Chartě 77, Vol. 12 (1989), No. 18, 9—11 pp.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 19
October 19, 1989, Prague – Federal Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the CSSR embassies. Summary from the department of information and documentation on the situation in the GDR and personnel changes in the SED leadership.Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams sent, 1989, vol. 9, ref. no. 3550.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 20
October 23, 1989, Berlin – CSSR Ambassador to the GDR František Langer to the Foreign Ministry in Prague. Reports on politics of the new SED leadership, and the political situation in the country. “The Party and state leadership is now being pressured into a number of reforms in a wide range of areas, beginning with travel and ending for example with revising the results of local elections.”Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams received, 1989, vol. 38.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 21
October 24, 1989, Berlin – Resolution of the Politburo of the SED CC, concerning the rescinding of the temporary suspension of travel to the CSSR without a passport or visa, effective November 1, 1989.SAPMO-BAr Berlin, DY 30, 5195, Fols. 275-277.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 22
October 25, 1989, Berlin – CSSR Ambassador to the GDR František Langer to the foreign ministry in Prague. He reports on the intention of the GDR to reopen the border for private travel to Czechoslovakia. “The GDR intends to issue the decision on the allowing of tourist traffic to the same extent as it was in the past.”Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams received, 1989, vol. 38.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 23
November 3, 1989, Berlin – GDR Minister of Foreign Affairs Oskar Fischer to General Secretary of the SED Central Committee Egon Krenz. Relays a telephone message from Prague with proposals by General Secretary Jakeš about the situation at the FRG embassy in Prague, and proposes to resolve the situation by allowing direct travel by citizens of the GDR from Czechoslovakia to the Federal Republic without formal release from GDR citizenship. (Below the address on the letterhead is the handwritten note, “Einverstanden [I agree], Egon Krenz”.)SAPMO-BArch, Berlin. DY 30, 5196, Fols. 17–19; also DY 30 IV/2/2.039 (Bureau Egon Krenz), Vol. 342, Fols. 155–157.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 24
November 3, 1989, Berlin – CSSR Ambassador František Langer to the Foreign Ministry in Prague. Reports on the fecklessness of SED officials in the face of the situation created after the reopening of the border for free travel from the GDR to Czechoslovakia. Langer tells East Berlin officials that “no one in the CSSR understands why citizens of the GDR must travel to the FRG through the CSSR”.Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams received, 1989, vol. 39.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 25
November 4, 1989, Prague – Embassy of the Federal Republic to the Foreign Ministry in Bonn. Direct travel by 4600 GDR citizens from Czechoslovakia to the Federal Republic of Germany, organized by the embassy. “The third mass departure through the Prague embassy organized over the past few weeks is now largely at an end.”PA AA Berlin. Record group B85, Vol. 2347E. Drahtbericht No. 2578.
Translation by Todd HammondDocument 26
November 5, 1989, Prague – GDR Ambassador Helmut Ziebart to the foreign ministry in Berlin. Reports on the numbers of GDR citizens who departed from Prague to the Federal Republic on November 3–5 with only GDR personal identification card, and problems that the new arrangement is causing on the Czechoslovak side. “The Czechoslovak comrades are asking more and more often when citizens of the GDR will be permitted to use the border crossings between the GDR and FRG under the same conditions they can do right now through the territory of the CSSR.”BStU, Berlin. MfS, HA II, 32922, Fol. 22.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 27
November 8, 1989, Prague – GDR Ambassador Helmut Ziebart to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Berlin. Ziebart was asked “to relay the request that departures by citizens of the GDR to the FRG be handled directly, and not through the territory of the CSSR.”BStU Berlin. MfS, Arbeitsbereich Neiber, 553, Fol. 2
Translation by Todd Hammond..Document 28
November 9, 1989, Prague – Information summary from the CPCz Central Committee to the various branches of the CPCz apparatus about the emigration of GDR citizens to the Federal Republic through the territory of the CSSR on November 1– 8, 1989.National Archive, Prague. Record Group ÚV KSČ (CPCz CC), Documentation 1989 (unsorted). Teletext messages and letters of the CPCz Central Committee.
Translation (extract) by Todd Hammond.Document 29
November 10, 1989, Berlin (West) – Chief of the CSSR Military Mission in West Berlin Sochor to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Prague on the situation after the opening of the Berlin Wall in the night of November 9–10, 1989.Ministry of Foreign Affairs Archive, Prague. Telegrams received, 1989, vol. 40.
Translation by Todd Hammond.Document 30
November 10, 1989, Prague – Statement by the Federal Ministry of the Interior press officer, on the number of East German citizens who emigrated through Czechoslovakia to the Federal Republic during November 4–10, 1989.CTK (Czech Press Agency), Prague. Archival database, 11/10/1989.
Translation by Todd Hammond.
Notes
Deutsche Reichsbahn: the name adopted by the GDR for its railway system from 1949 to 1994; PA AA Berlin (Politisches Archiv des Auswärtigen Amtes): Archive of the Federal Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Berlin; BStU (Bundesbeauftragter für die Unterlagen des Staatssicherheitsdienstes der ehemaligen DDR): Federal Commissioner for the Stasi Archives; Drahtbericht: an encrypted telegram from the Embassy of the Federal Republic; Drahterlass: an encrypted telegram from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Bonn; MfS: Ministry of State Security, Berlin (East)
MERKWÜRDEN-MAIL VON “GoMoPA” und/oder mutmasslich “Peter Ehlers” zwecks Desinformation und Spionage
|
||||||||||||
Guten Tag Herr Pulch, unser Kontakt kam damals leider nicht zustande. Nochmals der Versuch jetzt! Ich kann Ihnen nachweisen, wer hinter zum Teil welchen Mails und Webseiten gegen Sie und Herrn Schramm steckt. Man kennt seine Schweine am Gang. Ebenso habe ich erhebliches Hintergrundwissen über verschiedene Personen und Institutionen. Übrigens sind Sie auf dem Holzweg was Siegfried Sievers angeht. Den gibt es wirklich, ich kenne den Klarnamen der verkrachten Existenz, die früher bei der BZ gearbeitet hat. Also melden Sie sich doch mal bitte oder lassen Sie es bleiben Gruß
TOP-SECRET: The Soviet Origins of Helmut Kohl’s 10 Points
Magister Bernd Pulch
Documents show secret messages from Moscow sparked West German chancellor to announce German unification plans on November 28, 1989
Unintended consequences – the backchannel backfires: shock in Moscow and dismay in Washington
Washington, D.C., July 28th 2011 – Secret messages from senior Soviet officials to West German Chancellor Helmut Kohl after the fall of the Berlin Wall led directly to Kohl’s famous “10 Points” speech on German unification, but the speech produced shock in both Moscow and Washington, according to documents from Soviet, German and American files posted today on the Web by the National Security Archive.
Published for the first time in English in the Archive’s forthcoming book, “Masterpieces of History,” the documents include highest-level conversations between President George H.W. Bush and Kohl; the text of the letter Kohl had delivered to Bush just as he announced the “10 Points” to the Bundestag on November 28, 1989; excerpts on Germany from the transcript of the Malta summit between Bush and Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev; Gorbachev’s own incendiary meeting with the German foreign minister after Kohl’s speech; and more.
The documents show the American administration’s devotion to stability and “reserve” while the West German leader rushes to get out in front of the rapid changes in the East, at the same time that neither Bush nor Kohl expects unification to happen so quickly. Most strikingly, the documents and related accounts by Kohl’s aide, Horst Teltschik, and Gorbachev’s aide, Andrei Grachev, show that Kohl’s famous “10 Points” speech was based in large part directly on secret messages from Moscow – but unbeknownst to Gorbachev.
The new history of the “10 Points” speech hinges on a back-channel communication from Soviet Central Committee expert Valentin Falin (head of the International Department and former Soviet ambassador to West Germany in the 1970s), through long-time Soviet interlocutor Nikolai Portugalov, to Teltschik, on November 21, 1989, about the idea of “confederation” between West Germany and the rapidly collapsing East German regime – a way to prop up the East by getting some equal status for the two states before the bottom fell out. According to Grachev, Falin’s rivalry with top Gorbachev assistant Anatoly Chernyaev had prevented Falin from getting his ideas to Gorbachev directly, so he decided to use a long-standing “confidential channel” through Portugalov to Teltschik, anticipating that Teltschik would then persuade Kohl to call Gorbachev and discuss the idea of confederation while reassuring the Soviets that it would only take place in the context of the “common European home.”
Falin drafted two position papers, an “official” one, cleared with Chernyaev, that mostly reaffirmed the pledges made by Kohl to Gorbachev and stated that if they were kept, then “everything becomes possible;” and an “unofficial” one, which declared that the idea of confederation was something the Soviets were already discussing at the level of the Politburo and were prepared to accept in principle. But when Portugalov delivered these messages on November 21, Teltschik and then Kohl did not realize they were supposed to call Gorbachev and bring him along, but thought the messages were coming from Gorbachev and that he was already on board. Furthermore, if Moscow was thinking this way, Kohl needed to go public quickly just to keep up and regain the initiative. Teltschik therefore drafted the “10 Points” on the basis of the Soviet positions, leading with a commitment to the pan-European process (Gorbachev’s core vision) and making the idea of confederation (however gradual) the center of the German unification discourse.
The now-available documents show that Kohl did not inform either Bush, his allies, or his own foreign minister before delivering his speech in the Bundestag on November 28. In fact, Kohl arranged for Bush to receive his letter combining advice for the forthcoming Malta summit and a summary of the “10 Points” just as Kohl was actually speaking in Bonn. The result was consternation in Washington. Bush aide Brent Scowcroft commented, “If he was prepared to go off on his own whenever he worried that we might object, we had very little influence.” At the Malta summit on December 2 and 3, Gorbachev complained to Bush that “Kohl does not act seriously and responsibly,” while the American reassured Gorbachev that “[w]e are trying to act with a certain reserve” and couched his position on Germany in double negatives.
Bush’s reserve seemed to change after he actually met with Kohl on December 3 in Brussels, when the West German leader outlined a gradual process towards federation and predicted a timeline of more than two years. (Unification would actually happen within just 10 months). But Gorbachev’s ire rose to a crescendo in his meeting with German Foreign Minister Hans-Dietrich Genscher on December 5 – just as the East German Communist Party was resigning en masse and the government collapsing, and just after the NATO allies including Bush had publicly announced support for Kohl. Gorbachev told Genscher that the West Germans were preparing a “funeral for the European process” while Shevardnadze even invoked a comparison with Hitler!
After Genscher reported the conversation back to Bonn, Teltschik hastened to do damage control, writing a memo to Kohl on December 6, attaching the Portugalov positions, specifically telling Kohl that the “10 Points” were based directly on the Soviet messages, and emphasizing that Kohl needed to talk to Gorbachev. But the Soviet leader would decline such overtures until February 1990.
Teltschik first mentioned the story of the Soviet messages in his memoirs published in 1991, and the new book by Mary Sarotte (1989: The Struggle to Create Post-Cold War Europe) includes a colorful recreation of the Portugalov mission, but without the Soviet backstory. The Soviet context as well as Falin’s role in originating the Soviet messages are detailed for the first time in Andrei Grachev’s book, Gorbachev’s Gamble (2008) and were personally confirmed to the authors of this posting by Teltschik and Grachev.
Read the Documents
Document No. 1: Record of Telephone Conversation between George H.W. Bush and Helmut Kohl, November 17, 1989
Only nine days after the fall of the Berlin Wall, the West German leader initiates this telephone conversation with President Bush. Here, Kohl reports on his talks with Gorbachev and with East German leader Egon Krenz, and promises “we will do nothing that will destabilize the situation in the GDR.” Bush responds: “The euphoric excitement in the U.S. runs the risk of forcing unforeseen action in the USSR or the GDR that would be very bad.” But he assures Kohl that “[w]e will not exacerbate the problem by having the President of the United States posturing on the Berlin Wall.” Kohl’s initiative also shows in his offer to match a U.S. contribution of up to $250 million for a proposed Polish stabilization fund; (earlier in 1989, Bush had offered only $125 million for Poland over three years). Bush tells Kohl “I am absolutely determined to get advice and suggestions from you personally before I meet with Gorbachev [at Malta]… so that I can understand every nuance of the German Question… [and] nuances of difference in the Alliance.” But Kohl remarks that “[w]ith the developing situation, I would like to stay here.” Kohl would give his advice on Gorbachev in the same November 28 letter to Bush that tells the American president about the “10 Points.” Ultimately Bush and Kohl would meet face to face only after Malta.
Document No. 2: Letter from Helmut Kohl to George H.W. Bush, November 28, 1989
This remarkable letter arrives at the White House at the very moment that Chancellor Kohl is surprising both the allies and the Soviets with his “10 Points” speech at the Bundestag in Bonn, pointing towards reunification. The letter is couched as a response to Bush’s repeated entreaties to Kohl (for example in phone calls on November 10 and 17) for his input before the Malta meeting with Gorbachev; in fact, Bush had practically implored Kohl to meet in person, but the chancellor demurred in order to tend to his domestic political situation.
The letter has a much more formal tone than the telephone transcripts convey, likely due to the participation of Kohl’s aides in drafting and editing it. Here, the German leader encourages Bush to engage with Gorbachev across the board, but uses the president’s own mantra of “stability” to emphasize that “the most important decisions over stability or destabilization will be made by the countries in Central and Eastern Europe. The duty of the West on the other hand must be to support the ongoing reform process from the outside.” Kohl emphasizes that “Western help is coming far too slowly” to Poland and Hungary in particular–a rebuke to Bush’s caution. Kohl also pays quite a compliment to Gorbachev, telling Bush that for the reform changes in Eastern Europe, “we have General Secretary Gorbachev’s policies to thank. His perestroika loosed, made easier, or accelerated these reforms. He pushed governments unwilling to make reforms towards openness and towards acceptance of the people’s wishes; and he accepted developments that in some instances far surpassed the Soviet Union’s own standards.”
But all the Malta advice is really secondary to the letter’s final section laying out the “10 Points,” along with a personal appeal in which he attempts to cover his bases with Bush. Kohl had informed neither the Americans nor the NATO allies (nor his own foreign minister) in advance of his speech. In his joint memoir with Scowcroft, Bush writes that Kohl was “[a]fraid of leaks, or perhaps of being talked out of it” and that “I was surprised, but not too worried,” because Kohl “couldn’t pursue reunification on his own.” Scowcroft was more concerned: “If he was prepared to go off on his own whenever he worried that we might object, we had very little influence.” Scowcroft commented that in his telephone conversation the next day, November 29, Kohl over and over “pledged that there would be no going it alone–only one day after he had, in fact, ‘gone it alone.'” (Note 1) These phrases, such as “little influence” and “support … from the outside” provide further testimony of how American policy lagged, instead of led, the miracles of 1989.
Document No. 3: Excerpts from the Soviet Transcript of the Malta Summit, December 2-3, 1989
While the U.S. transcript of Malta is not yet declassified, the Gorbachev Foundation has published excerpts of the Russian version, and the most complete version may be found in “Masterpieces of History.” Posted here are the parts of the summit conversation in which the two leaders focused on the German question. Interestingly, neither leader expects events to move as fast as they would the following year. Just days earlier, on November 28, Helmut Kohl announced his “10 Points” towards confederation in a Bundestag speech that the Soviet Foreign Ministry denounced as pushing change in “a nationalist direction;” and here, Gorbachev attributes the speech to Kohl’s domestic politics and says Kohl “does not act seriously and responsibly.” But then Gorbachev asks whether a united Germany would be neutral or a member of NATO, suggesting that at least theoretically he imagines the latter, although he may simply be acknowledging the U.S. position. His clear preference is for the continuation of two states in Germany and only very slow progress towards any unification: “let history decide.” The president is not eager for rapid progress either; he says “I hope that you understand that you cannot expect us not to approve of German reunification. At the same time … [w]e are trying to act with a certain reserve.”
Document No. 4: Memorandum of Conversation of George H.W. Bush, John Sununu, Brent Scowcroft, and Helmut Kohl, December 3, 1989
This conversation immediately after the Malta summit marks a turning point in the process of German unification, where President Bush effectively joins Chancellor Kohl’s program–yet neither man expects unification to happen even in two years, much less by October 1990 when West and East would actually join . Bush gives Kohl a rundown on the conversation at Malta, describing Gorbachev as “tense” during talks about Germany and convinced that Kohl is moving too quickly: “I don’t want to say he went ‘ballistic’ about it–he was just uneasy.” Both men agree to reassure Gorbachev and “not do anything reckless.”
The key moment here comes when Kohl tells Bush the opposite, in effect, of what Bush told Gorbachev about the inviolability of borders under the Helsinki Final Act. Kohl reminds the American that Helsinki actually allows borders to be “changed by peaceful means;” and this seems to be the first time Bush internalizes this possibility. At the same time, Kohl outlines three deliberate steps: first, a free government in the former GDR, second, “confederative structures, but with two independent states,” and finally a “federation; that is a matter for the future and could be stretched out. But I cannot say that will never happen.” Kohl scoffs at predictions that this will take only two years: “It is not possible; the economic imbalance is too great.” Here his language is similar to Gorbachev’s–“the integration of Europe is a precondition for change in Eastern Europe to be effective”–but he says that European resistance to unification really comes from envy over Germany’s economic growth (“[f]rankly, 62 million prosperous Germans are difficult to tolerate–add 17 million more and they have big problems”).
Bush asks about GDR opinions on unification, and neither he nor Kohl foresees the rush to reunify that would dominate the March 1990 elections there. As for European views, Kohl gives a candid summary, calling Mitterrand “wise” for disliking unification but not opposing it, while “Great Britain is rather reticent.” Bush exclaims, “That is the understatement of the year”–referring to Thatcher’s total opposition. Kohl says, “She thinks history is not just. Germany is so rich and Great Britain is struggling. They won a war but lost an empire and their economy.” The German version of this conversation contains more detail than the American version below, including an interesting discussion of Gorbachev and values (12 lines in the German, but only a parenthetical comment below) where Bush says “the entire discussion about economic issues had an unreal aspect to it more because of ignorance on the Russian side rather than narrow-mindedness. For example, Gorbachev took offense to the expression ‘Western values.'”
Document No. 5: Record of Conversation between Mikhail Gorbachev and Hans Dietrich Genscher, December 5, 1989
A week has passed since Helmut Kohl announced his “10 Points” in a Bundestag speech, and Gorbachev, unlike his demeanor regarding Germany at Malta (see reference in Document No. 4), does go “ballistic” in this conversation. This is perhaps because he is receiving the German foreign minister, Hans Dietrich Genscher, who heads a separate political party from Kohl but participates in the coalition government, but more likely it is because Bush has apparently weighed in on Kohl’s side, despite the cautious talk at Malta, and the government in East Germany has collapsed. Gorbachev angrily remarks: “Yesterday, Chancellor Kohl, without much thought, stated that President Bush supported the idea of a confederation. What is next? …What will happen to existing agreements between us? … I cannot call him [Kohl] a responsible and predictable politician.” Gorbachev says he thought Kohl would at least consult with Moscow, but “[h]e probably already thinks that his music is playing–a march–and that he is already marching with it.”
From the Soviet view, the “10 Points” are “ultimatums” and “crude interference in the internal affairs of a sovereign state.” Gorbachev is personally offended because “[j]udging from all this, you have prepared a funeral for the European processes”–i.e., his own vision of the common European home. Genscher tries to defend the “10 Points” as requiring “no conditions” and representing “just suggestions,” and that “the GDR should decide whether they are suitable or not.” Gorbachev rebukes Genscher for becoming Kohl’s “defense attorney” and raises the rhetorical attack to the point of making a reference to the Nazi era: “You have to remember what mindless politics has led to in the past.” Genscher responds, “We are aware of our historical mistakes, and we are not going to repeat them. The processes that are going on now in the GDR and in the FRG do not deserve such harsh judgment.” (Shevardnadze is even more blunt with his comparisons, mentioning Hitler by name.) As a final debating point, Gorbachev notes that Genscher himself only heard about the “10 Points” for the first time in the Bundestag speech. The German confirms it–“Yes, that is true”–but then deftly slips in a rejoinder to the new champion of non-interference that “this is our internal affair.” Gorbachev replies, “You can see that your internal affair is making everybody concerned.”
Document No. 6: Horst Teltschik’s Memorandum for Chancellor Kohl, Bonn, December 6, 1989
In this memorandum, foreign policy adviser Horst Teltschik confirms to the chancellor that the “10 Points” program did not disagree with the Soviet proposals presented to him through the confidential channel, but rather was based on those positions, which he attaches to his memo. The actual memos that CPSU Central Committee staff member Nikolai Portugalov brought to Teltschik on November 21, 1989 are not known to exist in other copies, except for these. Apparently, the reason Teltschik writes his memorandum to Kohl on December 6 is that the Germans are perplexed by the vehemently negative Soviet reaction to the “10 Points” (especially in Gorbachev’s conversation with Genscher on December 5). In his memorandum, Teltschik recommends that Kohl meet with Gorbachev and discuss the situation, but the Soviet leader puts off any such discussions until February.
Document No. 7: British Ambassador to the USSR Sir Rodric Braithwaite’s Telegram to Douglas Hurd, December 8, 1989
In this confidential telegram the perceptive British Ambassador describes the “suspicious and emotional mood” of the Soviet leadership regarding Kohl’s “10 Points” and German unification. Braithwaite is not aware of the Portugalov mission, but he vividly describes the author of the ploy – Valentin Falin – as having “the depressed air of a man whose life’s work was crumbling.” Falin, according to Braithwaite, was “strikingly bitter about Kohl’s alleged failure to warn Gorbachev about the 10 points.” That bitterness probably explains the fact that there is no mention of this story in Falin’s memoirs.
Notes
Bush and Gorbachev at Malta – Secret Documents from Soviet and U.S. Files
Washington, D.C., July 28th – President George H.W. Bush approached the Malta summit with Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev 20 years ago this week determined to avoid arms control topics and simply promote a public image of “new pace and purpose” with him “leading as much as Gorbachev”; but realized from his face-to-face discussions that Gorbachev was offering an arms race in reverse, according to previously secret documents posted today on the Web by the National Security Archive (www. nsarchive.org).
The documents include the most complete transcript of the Malta summit ever published – excerpted from the forthcoming book, “Masterpieces of History”: The Peaceful End of the Cold War in Europe, 1989 (edited by Svetlana Savranskaya, Thomas Blanton, and Vladislav Zubok for the Central European University Press). The transcript is a translation of the Soviet record from the Gorbachev Foundation, since the U.S. memcons remain, astonishingly, still classified at the George H.W. Bush Library in Texas.
The posting also includes the transcript of Gorbachev’s historic meeting before Malta with Pope John Paul II at the Vatican, featuring remarkable agreement on values and the “common European home,” including the Polish pontiff’s statement that “Europe should breathe with two lungs.” From the American side, the documents include the before-and-after National Security Council talking points prepared for Bush, the preparatory memos to Bush from Secretary of State James Baker and other top aides, intelligence briefings for Bush from the CIA and the State Department, and the Bush script and briefing book contents list for Malta itself – all obtained through the Freedom of Information Act.
The documents show profound misjudgments of Gorbachev on the American side, including the President’s assumption that the Soviet leader would press for the removal of U.S. troops from Europe, not realizing until talking to Gorbachev directly that, just as Gorbachev had already announced publicly on multiple occasions, he believed the U.S. presence along with the NATO alliance to be a stabilizing force in Europe, particularly against any danger of German revanchism.
The documents signal a major missed opportunity at Malta to meet Soviet arms reductions proposals halfway, and suggest that the Bush “pause” in U.S.-Soviet relations during 1989 effectively delayed both strategic and tactical demilitarization for at least two years (the START treaty would not be signed until 1991, and only in September 1991 would Bush withdraw tactical nuclear weapons from U.S. Navy ships), at which point Gorbachev had effectively lost the domestic power to deliver on his side.
Gorbachev had sought to engage president-elect Bush as early as the Governor’s Island meeting in New York in December 1988, but Bush demurred, instead launching a strategic review of U.S.-Soviet relations that cloaked the reality that the transition from Reagan to Bush was one from doves to hawks, that is, disbelievers in Gorbachev as a true reformer. Throughout 1989, judging by the candid memoir authored by President Bush with his national security adviser Brent Scowcroft (Note 1), the Bush mentality was marked by insecurity and anxiety that Gorbachev was more popular globally and had the initiative on proposing new departures in security policy – never quite recognizing that Gorbachev’s proposals might well be in the U.S. national security interest. (Note 2)
Not until Bush went to Eastern Europe himself in July 1989, where he heard the reform Communists like Jaruzelski in Poland and Nemeth in Hungary plead with him to reach out to Gorbachev because that created political space for them to make change – and even more importantly, where he met the dissidents and oppositionists like Lech Walesa in Poland, who called U.S. aid proposals “pathetic,” (Note 3) or Janos Kis in Hungary whom Bush quickly concluded should not be running his country – did Bush overrule his advisers and ask Gorbachev for a meeting, meaning to slow down the process of change in Eastern Europe. Bush wrote in his memoir: “I realized that to put off a meeting with Gorbachev was becoming dangerous. Too much was happening in the East – I had seen it myself – and if the superpowers did not begin to manage events [!], those very events could destabilize Eastern Europe and Soviet-American relations… I saw that the Eastern Europeans themselves would try to push matters as far as they could.” (Note 4)
Characteristically, on the plane ride home from Europe in July when Bush sent a note to Gorbachev inviting the Malta meeting, the President spent more time (and far more space in his memoir (Note 5)) reaching out to the Communist dictators in China who had murdered their pro-democracy demonstrators in 1989, than to the Communist reformer in Moscow who had refused to do so.
Gorbachev’s own frustration with the Bush “pause” and review of policy made the Soviet leader more than eager for such a meeting; but between the July idea and the December reality, Eastern Europeans rushed in and took apart the Stalinist empire including the Berlin Wall. Originally intended as an “interim” meeting to prepare for a full-scale summit in 1990, the Bush-Gorbachev meeting at Malta would take on a life of its own, symbolically closing the Cold War. Stormy weather and raging seas in Malta would play havoc with the meeting planners’ idea of alternating U.S. and Soviet ships as picturesque sites for the meetings – thus providing something of a metaphor for the rush of events in Eastern Europe that ran out of the control of both superpowers.
Going into the Malta summit, the Bush team was determined to do the opposite of what Ronald Reagan had so successfully achieved in relieving the Soviet sense of threat through substantive arms control discussions, including remarkable commitments to the abolition of nuclear weapons. Instead, as the NSC preparatory points make clear, Malta was meant to avoid any substantive discussion of arms control, and simply convey, as Secretary of State Baker wrote in his briefing memo on November 29, “a public sense, here and abroad, of a new pace and purpose to the U.S.-Soviet dialogue with you leading as much as Gorbachev” – public relations in place of substance. The briefing memo from arms negotiation advisor Gen. Edward Rowny described the START treaty as having “potential risks and few gains” and any reductions in naval weapons “all losers for us” – recommending that Bush should say up front that the “US Navy is not on the bargaining table.”
Bush’s briefing book for Malta betrays the administration’s actual priorities – Eastern Europe and its revolutionary changes were way down the contents list, along with arms control. Pride of place was Central America, where Bush’s right flank in domestic politics believed Castro was the devil, the Nicaraguan Sandinistas were a Communist beachhead pointed at Texas, and Gorbachev himself was merely a new glove around the iron fist. In the Malta discussions, the Soviet leader called the American presumptions laughable: “It is not quite clear to us what you want from Nicaragua. There is political pluralism in that country, there are more parties than in the United States. And the Sandinistas – what kind of Marxists are they? This is laughable. Where are the roots of the problem? At the core are economic and social issues.” Likewise on Cuba: “The issue now is how to improve the current situation. There is a simple and well-proven method: one has to speak directly to Castro. You must learn: nobody can lord it over Castro.”
Malta’s most significant outcome would simply be the reassurance it provided to the two leaders through a face-to-face meeting, and the building of a personal relationship on which both would rely in the difficult next two years. Gorbachev, for example, told Bush: “First and foremost, the new U.S. president must know that the Soviet Union will not under any circumstances initiate a war. This is so important that I wanted to repeat the announcement to you personally. Moreover, the USSR is prepared to cease considering the U.S. as an enemy and announce this openly.”
Gorbachev also made an impact on Bush in the discussion of values. He bristled at Bush’s repeated reference to “Western values” (a phrase found throughout the U.S. briefing materials for Malta) and argued that the U.S. approach of “exporting ‘Western values'” would cause “ideological confrontations [to] flare up again” in “propaganda battles” with “no point.” Just before Malta, Gorbachev had found agreement on this point with Pope John Paul II, when the two of them discussed “universal human values” and the Pope commented, “it would be wrong for someone to claim that changes in Europe and the world should follow the Western model.” Even though Bush told Helmut Kohl on December 3 that Gorbachev did not understand Western values, the American president subsequently adopted Gorbachev’s phrasing, saying in his Brussels remarks immediately after the summit that the need to end the division of Europe was in accord with “values that are becoming universal ideals.”
After Malta, the Americans raced to catch up with the arms control opportunities on offer from Gorbachev. NSC aide Condoleezza Rice wrote the preparatory memo for the NSC meeting on December 5, 1989, saying “The President has now committed himself to an ambitious arms control agenda before the June 1990 summit” and “the bureaucracy must not get in the way of the completion of the treaties” – yet the START deal would not be done until 1991 because of recalcitrance from Defense Secretary Dick Cheney and the U.S. Navy over on-site verification (the Soviets were willing to be more open than the American sailors) and cherished weapons like submarine-launched cruise missiles (in a classic contradiction between actual national security interest and the parochial interest of the military service involved, the U.S. had far more coastal metropolises that could be threatened with these weapons than the Soviet Union did).
DocumentsDocument 1
Department of State, U.S. Embassy Moscow, “Preparing for Malta: Trade Policy Toward the USSR,” [cable from Ambassador Jack Matlock], November 14, 1989The U.S. Ambassador to Moscow starts his recommendations for Malta with the objective that “we should be searching for ways in which we can, in a practical way, signal U.S. support for perestroyka.” At the same time, he finds that this support should be the mission of primarily the private sector because “the United States government can have little direct economic impact, since there is no way in which we can or should practically or politically mount an economic aid program for the USSR.” While expressing his preference that the Jackson-Vanik amendment limiting aid to the USSR should be waived, he realized that it would probably not be done before Malta. In this situation, he suggests that even before the formal waiver of the amendment, the President should send a signal of encouragement to the U.S. business community to “enter trade and investment relations with Soviet firms.”
Document 2
Department of State. Information Memorandum to Secretary Baker from Douglas P. Mulholland (INR). “Regional Issues at Malta: Gorbachev’s Agenda.” November 17, 1989This assessment of Gorbachev’s positions on regional issues, from State’s Intelligence and Research bureau, is quite accurate in pointing out that regional issues, apart from Afghanistan, do not represent priorities for the Soviet leader, and that he would prefer to discuss arms control and Eastern Europe instead. On Afghanistan, the memo correctly states that “Gorbachev will probably claim Pakistani and at least implicitly US violations of the Geneva accords” and draw implications for the ability of the US and the USSR to work together on other regional issues. The memo underestimates Gorbachev’s willingness to engage in constructive discussion on Central America. However, one prediction comes very close—Gorbachev does seem to “decide that the best approach [on Central America] is to go on the offensive”—which he does during the summit, questioning the US use of force in Colombia, Panama and the Philippines.
Document 3
Department of State. Information Memorandum to Secretary Baker from Gen. Edward L. Rowny [Special Adviser for Arms Control]. November 17, 1989This concise memo sums up the American position going into Malta, that “the meeting must not become an ‘arms control summit'” – since the Bush administration believed that Reagan had gone much too far in embracing Gorbachev and major arms reductions. Long-time SALT negotiator and retired Army general Rowny even goes so far as to recommend “If Gorbachev says that Malta should move arms control forward, we should focus the discussion on process and not engage on substance…” since “there are potential risks and few gains in discussing START,” various potential Gorbachev offers such as “moratoria on fissionable materials and production of strategic weapons” “are all losers for us,” and naval arms control is a “no-win situation.” By 1991, of course, Bush would reverse course on almost all these positions, but too late to help Gorbachev demilitarize the Soviet Union.
Document 4
National Intelligence Estimate 11-18-89. The Soviet System in Crisis: Prospects for the Next Two YearsThis consensus view of the U.S. intelligence community two weeks before Malta helps explain the lack of urgency on the part of the Bush administration to wrap up arms control deals with Gorbachev. This Estimate assumes that the current crisis in the USSR would continue even beyond the two-year timeframe, that “the regime will maintain the present course,” that Gorbachev was “relatively secure” in his leadership role, and there was a less likely scenario of “unmanageable” decline that would lead to a “repressive crackdown.” In hindsight, the dissenting view from the CIA’s Deputy Director for Intelligence, John Helgerson, is more correct, predicting more progress towards a “pluralist – albeit chaotic – democratic system” in which Gorbachev’s political strength would “erode” and he would “progressively lose control of events.”
Document 5
Department of State. Information Memorandum to Secretary Baker from Douglas P. Mulholland (INR). “Soviet Thinking on the Eve of Malta.” November 29, 1989This prescient memo clearly draws on reporting from recent interlocutors with Gorbachev such as Canadian prime minister Brian Mulroney, and predicts Gorbachev’s agenda at Malta as “a chance to polish his image and probe US thinking” on such issues as arms control and Eastern Europe. The assessment of Gorbachev’s substantive priorities is generally accurate, as well as the prediction of the Soviet leader’s push for faster START and CFE negotiations and concrete results. In contrast to the Cold War suspicions that dominated thinking in the Bush White House, Mulholland is aware that Gorbachev is not trying to push the United States out of Europe, but in fact “is more likely, however, to argue that US and Soviet forces in Europe have a stabilizing effect.” He correctly predicts that Gorbachev would insist that German unification “can only occur in the context of the creation of a “common European home,” but misses the point in suggesting that “given the Kohl [10 point] proposal, Gorbachev might raise the eventual creation of a German ‘confederation.'”
Document 6
Department of State. Memorandum for The President from Secretary of State James Baker. “Your December Meeting With Gorbachev.” November 29, 1989This five-page memo from President Bush’s most trusted long-time friend and adviser provides a scene-setter and a provisional script for the President to use with Gorbachev. Baker’s summary details the limited expectations on the American side for the Malta meeting, merely “to gain a clearer understanding” and to “probe Gorbachev’s thinking” while kicking the major issues down the road to a full-scale summit in 1990. Perhaps most interesting is the third sentence of the first paragraph, which reveals the underlying public relations concern of the Bush administration about Gorbachev’s popularity and criticisms of Bush’s “pause”: “Further, Malta could promote a public sense, here and abroad, of a new pace and purpose to the U.S.-Soviet dialogue with you leading as much as Gorbachev.”
Document 7
The White House. Memorandum to The President from National Security Adviser Brent Scowcroft. “National Security Council Meeting, November 30, 1989.” [With attachments: Agenda, Points to be Made, List of Participants]This preparatory memo for the NSC meeting just before Bush went to Malta is perhaps most interesting for the contrast with the NSC meeting that occurred when Bush returned (see Document 12 below). Here the focus is to “put a damper on expectations” about Malta, to stop people from “getting carried away” given the changes in Eastern Europe, and to reiterate that the President is determined not “to negotiate arms control; the future of Europe; or economic issues.”
Document 8
Transcript of Gorbachev-John Paul II Meeting, Vatican City, December 1, 1989 [Transcribed notes by Aleksandr Yakovlev.]On the way to the Malta summit, Mikhail Gorbachev stops in Vatican City for his historic meeting with Pope John Paul II, the Polish pontiff from Krakow who had been such an inspiration to the Solidarity movement. Only the second time a leader of Russia had met with a pope, the first being the meeting between Tsar Nicholas I and Pope Gregory XVI in 1845, (Note 6) here the Soviet leader and his wife Raisa would hear the Vatican band performing the Internationale first and then the Papal Hymn. In this conversation, transcribed from notes by Politburo member Aleksandr Yakovlev (and published here for the first time in any language), the Pope raises concerns about religious freedom in the Soviet Union and the Vatican’s relations with various Orthodox and Catholic denominations, while the Soviet leader talks about issues that he planned to discuss with President Bush in Malta, such as the concept of universal human values, particularly objecting to the use of the phrase “Western values” as the basis for world order. Gorbachev describes his vision of Europe and the new world where “universal human values should become the primary goal, while the choice of this or that political system should be left up to the people.” That vision would also include gradual change of structures with respect for human rights and freedom of conscience. The Pope responds by saying he shared Gorbachev’s vision, especially as far as values are concerned—”[i]t would be wrong for someone to claim that changes in Europe and the world should follow the Western model. This goes against my deep convictions. Europe, as a participant in world history, should breathe with two lungs.”
Document 9
The President’s Meetings with Soviet President Gorbachev, December 2-3, 1989, Malta [Briefing Book for the President]. Excerpts (contents pages, selected released pages). Source: George H.W. Bush Library, FOIA request 99-0273-FThe table of contents for President Bush’s briefing book going into the Malta meeting provides a useful summary of American priorities for the discussions with the Soviet leader. The highest priority does not go the revolutionary changes in Eastern Europe, which come second on the American list to regional issues and specifically developments in Central America and Cuba – issues of greatest interest to President Bush’s conservative critics in the Republican Party, not to mention his electoral base in Florida. And arms control issues, where Gorbachev is ready and eager to move forward, rank sixth on the list. The complete set of background papers has not yet been declassified, but included in this package are several interesting summary papers, including the first three on Central America and Cuba, two on U.S. policy toward Eastern Europe and the GDR, one on the Soviet domestic situation, and one on the conventional forces negotiations.
Document 10
Transcript of the Malta Meeting, December 2-3, 1989. Source: Gorbachev Foundation, Fond 1, Opis 1The Soviet record of the Malta meeting has been available to scholars at the Gorbachev Foundation in Moscow starting in 1993, and the Foundation’s documents books as well as memoirs by Gorbachev aides and the former Soviet leader himself have published a variety of lengthy excerpts amounting to an almost complete transcript of the Malta meeting from the Soviet side, while the American transcripts still have not been declassified at the George Bush Library (Texas A & M University) despite Freedom of Information requests that date back at least 10 years. Here, National Security Archive experts combine the various published and unpublished excerpts to produce and translate the most complete transcript yet available anywhere.
The transcript shows little trace of the fierce winter storm that disrupted the planned back-and-forth between U.S. and Soviet ships as the meeting venues at Malta, but instead demonstrates the growth of personal reassurance between the American and Soviet leaders, along with a few tempests over issues like “Western values” (see discussion above) and American pressures on Central America. Interestingly, in an extended discussion with Baker and Shevardnadze, the two sides approach agreement on a negotiation to end the protracted war in Afghanistan, where the Soviets had already completed their withdrawal but the Najibullah government had not fallen as the Americans had expected. Baker bluntly remarks, “Stop your massive assistance to Kabul” – to which Gorbachev responds, “Leave this empty talk behind” and tells the Americans that tribal leaders are already talking with Najibullah, that the Afghan “dialogue itself will clarify this issue” in a “transition period” and “If the Afghans themselves decide that Najibullah must leave – God help them. This is their business.”
Apparently the biggest surprise to the Americans is Gorbachev’s insistence that the U.S. should stay in Europe, that the U.S. and USSR “are equally integrated into European problems” and that they need to work together to keep those problems from exploding. (Note 7) The American president responds with classic expressions of reserve and prudence, insisting that he does not intend to posture over East Germany even though he was under severe domestic political pressure to “climb the Berlin Wall and to make broad declarations.” Bush affirms his support for perestroika, and reassures Gorbachev that they both remember the Helsinki Final Act’s pronouncements on the inviolability of borders. In general, the American wants to talk about practical details, such as specific congressional amendments on the U.S. side or arms deliveries in Central America from the Soviet bloc, while Gorbachev initiates broader philosophical discussions: “The world is experiencing a major regrouping of forces.”
But both men are clearly uneasy about the dramatic transformations taking place. Bush frankly pronounces himself “shocked by the swiftness” while Gorbachev says “look at how nervous we are.” After warning Bush not to provoke or accelerate the changes, the Soviet leader in particular seems to ask what kind of collective action they should take. He stresses the Helsinki process as the new European process and also mentions the Giscard d’Estaing comment in January 1989 about a federal state of Western Europe: “Therefore, all of Europe is on the move, and it is moving in the direction of something new. We also consider ourselves Europeans, and we associate this movement with the idea of a common European home.” Gorbachev hopes for the dissolution of the blocs – “what to do with institutions created in another age?” – and suggests that the Warsaw Pact and NATO become, to an even greater degree, political organizations rather than military ones.
On the German question, neither leader expects events to move as fast as they would the following year. Just days before Malta, on November 28, Helmut Kohl announced his “10 Points” towards confederation in a Bundestag speech that the Soviet Foreign Ministry denounced as pushing change in “a nationalist direction.” At Malta, Gorbachev attributes the speech to politics and said Kohl “does not act seriously and responsibly.” But then Gorbachev asks whether a united Germany would be neutral or a member of NATO, suggesting that at least theoretically he imagined the latter, although he may simply have been acknowledging the U.S. position. His clear preference is for the continuation of two states in Germany and only very slow progress towards any unification: “let history decide.” Bush is not eager for rapid progress either: “I hope that you understand that you cannot expect us not to approve of German reunification. At the same time … [w]e are trying to act with a certain reserve.”
Document 11
Directives for the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the USSR and the United States. Draft by Soviet delegation at Malta. December 3, 1989. Source: George H.W. Bush Library, FOIA requestThis draft prepared by Gorbachev’s aides envisions quick progress across the entire spectrum of U.S.-Soviet relations, starting with the proclamation that the Presidents at Malta “came to a common conclusion that the period of cold war was over and that the emerging era of peace opened up unprecedented opportunities for multilateral and bilateral partnership.” The draft calls for preparation for a full-scale “watershed” summit in 1990, and puts “harmonizing national interests with universal human values” as a top priority for the two countries. The Soviet proposal outlines a comprehensive program of arms control with the goal of “creating a fundamentally new model of security.” In addition to quick progress on START and “radical reduction of Soviet and U.S. stationed forces in Europe,” the Soviet draft calls for discussion of “Open Skies, Open Seas, Open Land and Open Space” proposals. This draft shows that the Soviet side came to Malta with an ambitious arms control program – exactly what the Bush administration was trying to avoid – but the Malta discussions would lead directly to a growing Bush embrace of the arms reduction possibilities on offer.
Document 12
National Security Council. Memorandum for Brent Scowcroft from Condoleezza Rice. December 5, 1989. [With attachments: Memo to the President. Points to be Made. List of Participants (for NSC meeting on December 5, 1989). Agenda.]The contrast between the NSC meetings before Malta (“dampen expectations,” no negotiating arms control) and after Malta comes through clearly in this concise cover memo from Soviet specialist Condoleezza Rice to her boss, the national security adviser, enclosing the briefing memo and talking points that Scowcroft would then forward to President Bush. “The President has now committed himself to an ambitious arms control agenda before the June 1990 summit” and “bureaucracy must not get in the way,” Rice writes. If such urgency had been present at the White House earlier in 1989, perhaps it would not have taken two more years to finish the START treaty or make the withdrawals of nuclear weapons that would not be accomplished until the month after the August 1991 coup against Gorbachev.
Document 13
Excerpt from Anatoly S. Chernyaev’s Diary, January 2, 1990In this entry Gorbachev’s senior foreign policy aide reflects on Gorbachev’s meeting with the Pope and the legacy of the Malta summit, since in the press of events, he had not managed to write down his commentary in the moment. The main point Chernyaev sees about Malta, a month later, is the “normalcy” of the summit, the shared understanding that the Soviet Union and the United States are partners and nobody would attack the other, therefore, the threat of nuclear war is a thing of the past, as is the Cold War itself. Chernyaev sees Gorbachev making an intentional effort at Malta to discard this old reality of the Soviet threat, of the “terror” projected by the Soviet Union in Europe as a result of its invasions and repressions. In Malta, according to Chernyaev, Gorbachev and Bush “gave hope to all humanity,” and at the Vatican, Gorbachev and the Pope “spoke like two good Christians.” The world has changed indeed.
Notes
1. George Bush and Brent Scowcroft, A World Transformed (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1998), see for example pp. 40, 43, 71, 78, 114.
2. For extended analysis of the Bush administration’s characteristic insecurity, see Thomas Blanton, “U.S. Policy and the Revolutions of 1989,” in Svetlana Savranskaya, Thomas Blanton and Vladislav Zubok, eds., “Masterpieces of History”: The Peaceful End of the Cold War in Europe, 1989 (Budapest/New York: Central European University Press, 2010).
3. For the colorful details of these uncomfortable meetings, see Victor Sebestyan, Revolution 1989: The Fall of the Soviet Empire (New York, Pantheon Boooks, 2009), pp. 303-305.
4. Bush and Scowcroft, p. 130.
5. Bush and Scowcroft, p. 132 compared to pp. 156-159.
6.Victor Sebestyen, Revolution 1989: The Fall of the Soviet Empire, (New York, Pantheon Books, 2009), p. 401.
7. Condoleezza Rice subsequently called Gorbachev’s position at Malta on the U.S. staying in Europe “revolutionary change” and “something I never imagined I would hear from a Soviet leader” (see Victor Sebestyan, Revolution 1989, p. 403), but Gorbachev had explicitly made such assurances to the Trilateral Commission delegation in January 1989 in answering a question from Henry Kissinger, repeatedly in conversations with Margaret Thatcher and Helmut Kohl, among other leaders, and publicly in his famous Strasbourg speech on June 6, 1989. The Americans were apparently not listening, and as late as November 21, 1989, President Bush had suggested to West German foreign minister Genscher, much to the latter’s surprise and disagreement, that Gorbachev would propose at Malta the withdrawal of U.S. troops from Germany and Europe – the old American fear that the Soviets were attempting to “decouple” the U.S. from Europe. See Bush-Genscher memcon, November 21, 1989, George Bush Library, released under 2007-0051-MR.
CONFIDENTIAL: EXPLAINING VENEZUELAN ACQUIESCENCE
Bernd Pulch VZCZCXRO1837PP RUEHAG RUEHROV RUEHSRDE RUEHCV #0692/01 1561512ZNY CCCCC ZZHP 051512Z JUN 09FM AMEMBASSY CARACASTO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC PRIORITY 3144INFO RUCNMEM/EU MEMBER STATES COLLECTIVE PRIORITYRUEHWH/WESTERN HEMISPHERIC AFFAIRS DIPL POSTS PRIORITYRUMIAAA/HQ USSOUTHCOM MIAMI FL PRIORITYRHEHNSC/NSC WASHDC PRIORITY C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 04 CARACAS 000692 SIPDIS HQSOUTHCOM ALSO FOR POLAD DEPARTMENT PASS TO AID/OTI (RPORTER) E.O. 12958: DECL: 06/04/2019 TAGS: PGOV PREL KDEM SOCI VESUBJECT: EXPLAINING VENEZUELAN ACQUIESCENCE CARACAS 00000692 001.2 OF 004 Classified By: POLITICAL COUNSELOR FRANCISCO FERNANDEZ, REASONS 1.4 (B) AND (D) ¶1. (C) Summary. President Chavez's efforts to concentrate more power in his hands and undermine the democratic opposition have been met in Venezuela with more acceptance and resignation than outrage and resistance. There are numerous, credible theories to explain Venezuelans' acquiescence to an increasingly authoritarian government ranging from Chavez's charismatic leadership and popular social programs to the fear, fatigue, and ineffectiveness that prevail among government opponents. Moreover, the majority of Venezuelans, long reliant on their petro-state's largesse, appear to prioritize "social rights" and self-preservation over abstract civil liberties. The enormous, corporatist Government of the Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela (GBRV) is for many citizens both an irreplaceable provider and exclusive source of information. Finally, Chavez has also effectively and systematically squelched any opposition to his rule either from within his ranks or from other political parties. While Chavez's popularity may gradually erode as he radicalizes and the local economy worsens, the Venezuelan president still appears well positioned to keep accelerating his Bolivarian revolution at the expense of remaining democratic institutions. End Summary. --------------------------- Increasing Authoritarianism --------------------------- ¶2. (C) Since winning the February 15 referendum eliminating term limits, President Chavez has accelerated his Bolivarian revolution, further undermining political and economic freedoms in Venezuela. In recent months the Chavez government has clamped down on leading opposition members while simultaneously using the National Assembly to close off any possible avenue for the opposition. The GBRV pressed a corruption case against former Defense Minister Raul Baduel and Maracaibo Mayor and 2006 consensus opposition presidential candidate Manuel Rosales. Baduel is awaiting trial in a military prison; Rosales fled to Peru. The National Assembly passed laws that allowed the central government to take control over highways, ports, and airports previously controlled by state governments. The Chavez government selectively applied the measure in states run by opposition governors. ¶3. (C) In addition, the National Assembly created a new presidentially appointed position to run Caracas, removing virtually all responsibilities and funding from the recently elected opposition mayor of Caracas. A law expanding this model to opposition-led states is reportedly in the works. The National Assembly is also actively considering a law that would give Chavez's PSUV party a significant advantage in the allocation of seats in legislative elections. Moreover, the National Electoral Council intends to suspend any elections until work on the draft law is complete. Chavez recently threatened to close Globovision, the only remaining opposition-oriented television network, and GBRV officials are pressing charges against Globovision's president. The GBRV also nationalized over 50 oil service companies and has not yet offered swift and equitable compensation. The GBRV has also intervened in the food industry, nationalizing a plant owned by U.S. agribusiness giant Cargill and occupying a second, as well as nationalizing land owned by FEMSA, the Mexican company that bottles and distributes Coca-Cola in Venezuela. ¶4. (C) The opposition's response to these measures has been muted. On May 1, the Caracas Metropolitan Police quickly dispersed a relatively small crowd of opposition marchers with tear gas. There were far more Venezuelans stuck in beach traffic during that long weekend than took to the streets in defense of their liberties. University students and faculty led an inconsequential march of several thousand to the Ministry of Education on May 20 primarily to protest higher education budget cuts. Fewer than five thousand persons participated in a May 27 protest against the threatened shut down of Globovision. Moreover, Chavez continues to enjoy considerable support in the polls, despite growing public dissatisfaction with key issues, such as crime and inflation. Prominent pollster Alfredo Keller told us recently that Chavez is slipping in the polls, but still enjoys roughly 60% support; Luis Vicente Leon of Datanalisis put Chavez's popularity at over 54% as of April. Edmond Saade of Datos also confirmed recently that Chavez enjoys majority support and far more support than any other public figure. ------------------------- Hope and Purchasing Power ------------------------- ¶5. (C) There are numerous reasons why Venezuelans are acquiescing to Chavez's anti-democratic measures. The charismatic Venezuelan president conveys far more hope to voters than any of his competitors. State media outlets constantly laud government initiatives, social programs, and "achievements of the revolution." Chavez himself regularly launches building projects, opens government cooperatives, or announces expropriations on his weekly "Alo, Presidente" radio and television talk show. While government critics rightly point out that many of the GBRV's projects are unsustainable, inefficient, or corrupt, local pollsters point out that Venezuela's poor report that they have more money in their pockets. Large numbers of Venezuelans also avail themselves of GBRV social programs, most commonly shopping at subsidized Mercal or Pdval stores, or receiving medical care courtesy of the Barrio Adentro program. "At least Chavez has given us something," is prevalent local sentiment among sectors of society long reliant on government largesse ("Papa estado"). ---------------------------------- Class Resentment and Social Rights ---------------------------------- ¶6. (C) Chavez has also reaped political gains by stoking class antagonisms in stratified Venezuela. Railing against local "oligarchs," the Venezuelan president aims most of his economic "reforms" at large, and often foreign, enterprises. Although the vast majority of Venezuelan still support private property protections, there is little popular sympathy for big business in Venezuela, and as yet, little public recognition of the long-term economic effects of driving out foreign investment. Moreover, Chavez's core supporters believe that they would lose anything gained over the last decade if Chavez were to fail. Chavez has sought to reassure his base that he is not undermining their economic freedoms. One week after seizing large tracts of farmland in his native state of Barinas, Chavez distributed property titles last week to urban squatters in a televised ceremony. Local pollsters note that in this context most Venezuelans prioritize "social rights" over civil liberties. They tend to be more attracted to Chavez's promises of redistribution of wealth than alarmed by his concentration of power. -------------------- Frog in a Teflon Pot -------------------- ¶7. (C) To explain Venezuelans' relative docility, many pundits also cite the analogy that a live frog placed in boiling water will try to escape, but if placed in water gradually heated up, it will die unsuspectingly. The Venezuelan president reportedly leans heavily on polls and has carefully calibrated the pace of change so as not to get too far in front of public opinion. Chavez has paused in the face of opposition to politically charged education overhaul, a Counterintelligence Law, and the proposed anti-NGO Law of International Cooperation. He accepted a narrow electoral defeat in the December 2007 constitutional referendum, but later enacted many of the proposed reforms through a compliant legislature. He also subsequently won acceptance for the elimination of term limits in the February 2009 referendum. ¶8. (C) With full control over all other branches of government, Chavez usually succeeds in imposing his will through ostensibly "legal" means. Constitutional experts' arguments to the contrary tend to get lost on most voters. For example, most Venezuelans are far more concerned about obtaining good government services than they are interested in a debate as to whether the central government or state and local governments should provide such services. When Venezuelans do express dissatisfaction with the government, they tend to blame Chavez's ministers and other senior officials rather than Chavez himself. This holds true despite the fact that Chavez selects all senior GBRV officials and generally rotates a small, closed circle of confidants to key positions. ---------------- What Opposition? ---------------- ¶9. (C) Some local pundits call the political opposition Chavez's best ally. Ten years after Chavez was first elected, the democratic opposition is still talking about the need to articulate a politically attractive, democratic alternative. Opposition parties regrettably are still mostly personalist vehicles with no discernible party platforms. Moreover, almost all opposition parties are relatively strong in specific regions and lack a genuine nationwide presence. With few exceptions, most opposition leaders have focused on criticizing Venezuela's Teflon president rather than engage in much-need grassroots organizing among Venezuela's poor. Chavez's United Socialist Party of Venezuela (PSUV) enjoys a virtual monopoly in Venezuela's countryside. Moreover, opposition parties continue to squabble among themselves, and there is currently no single opposition leader who enjoys anything approaching the popularity of Chavez. ¶10. (C) Opposition parties failed to unite in a few key gubernatorial and numerous mayoral races in November 2008, allowing Chavez's United Socialist Party of Venezuela (PSUV) to win races the PSUV otherwise would have lost. Opposition parties have not yet agreed on a methodology to pick unified candidates for the 2010 parliamentary elections (they foolishly boycotted the 2005 elections). At the same time, the central government is actively hampering opposition-led states and municipalities to prevent elected opposition leaders from building democratic alternatives to Chavismo. The student movement injected new life into the opposition Q 2007, but student politics are inherently transitory. Numerous student leaders have formally entered politics and visible student activism has declined. Pro-Chavez dissidents, for their part, have not made much of a dent at the polls so far. ------------ Fear Matters ------------ ¶11. (C) Chavez has also spun what pollster Luis Vicente Leon calls a "web of fear." Rather than engage in wholesale repression, the GBRV has made examples of prominent sector leaders that have had a chilling effect on the rest of civil society. For example, the GBRV closed RCTV, launched investigations into electoral NGO Sumate, and recently sentenced three former Caracas police commissioners to 30-year prison terms for their alleged role in the short-lived 2002 coup. Chavez regularly vilifies selected Catholic bishops and personally announced that Manuel Rosales would be jailed even before charges were brought against him. Opposition activists receive pointed, threatening phone calls (one former ambassador was told, "We know you have only one kidney."). ¶12. (C) The GBRV also allows pro-Chavez thugs, most notably the "La Piedrita" and "Alexis Vive" collectives, to engage in political violence with impunity. In a society awash in conspiracy theories, Venezuelans are inclined to believe the GBRV is omnipotent. Moreover, the GBRV has relied heavily on "litmus lists." Whether you signed the presidential recall referendum drive ("Tascon List") or are among the five million voters who purportedly registered with Chavez's PSUV party can determine whether or not you have access to government services, loans, scholarships, or can even obtain a passport. --------------------- Been There, Done That --------------------- ¶13. (C) Opposition leaders concede that only a small minority of Venezuelans are inclined to attend protest marches or political rallies. They note that many Chavez opponents are discouraged by the fact that street protests have done little to change Chavez's decisions or undermine his popularity. Massive opposition rallies in 2002, the 2002-2003 general strike, and the presidential recall referendum drive did not succeed in forcing Chavez from power (except for three days during the April 2002 interregnum). Rosales' 2006 presidential campaign mobilized large opposition rallies, but Rosales polled only 37% of the vote. Student-led protests in 2007 did not dissuade the GBRV from shuttering RCTV, nor do they appear to be deterring the GBRV from going after Globovision. Student leaders recently conceded to us that their street power is only "effervescent." ------------------------ Accommodation and Plan B ------------------------ ¶14. (C) In the absence of hope for change, many Venezuelans, including business and professional elites, have found ways to accommodate themselves to the Bolivarian revolution, or at a minimum, to avoid political risks. Because the GBRV regulates and dominates the domestic economy so much, private sector leaders argue they have little choice but to find ways to "get along" in order to survive and prosper. Opposition political parties report that contributions from the private sector have virtually dried up. Moreover, large numbers of well educated and skilled Venezuelans have chosen flight over fight. The Spanish, Italian, and Portuguese embassies have all experienced a boom in citizenship claims. Millions of Venezuelans have claims to citizenship in EU countries due to massive European immigration in the 1950's. These Venezuelans tend to be middle class, multilingual, and better-educated, making emigration a viable alternative to confronting Venezuela's political and economic problems. There is a six-month backlog for U.S. non-immigrant visa interview appointments. Jewish community leaders report that their small community has been devastated by the emigration of the younger generation. ------------------ The Media Monopoly ------------------ ¶15. (C) Many Venezuelans appear to be unaware of Chavez's concentration of more power in his hands because the GBRV exerts a virtual monopoly over the news. Chavez closed RCTV, the only free-to-air network critical of the GBRV in May 2007, and opposition-oriented cable news network Globovision is only free-to-air in Caracas and Valencia. Six state television channels laud Chavez and cheerlead his Bolivarian revolution while the remaining free-to-air networks exercise considerable self-censorship. The GBRV also controls a wide network of community radio stations and sustains a continued socialist ideology campaign via thousands of specially trained promoters. Chavez has also presided over 1200 hours of obligatory TV and radio broadcasts ("cadenas"). Local polling firms all tell us that public opinion is decidedly against further centralization, but most Venezuelans profess to be unaware of Chavez's efforts to undermine elected opposition governors and mayors. Pollsters also note a marked tendency for Chavez's strongest supporters to give unconditional support to their president. ------- Comment ------- ¶16. (C) Despite controlling all branches of government, centralizing economic activity in the government's hands, controlling the information fed to the majority of the population, and enjoying majority support, President Chavez may yet be confronted by new political challenges. Public support for him is likely to erode if the ongoing radicalization of the Bolivarian revolution or an economic downturn begin to erode the purchasing power of his political base. Venezuelans still prefer social democracy to Chavez's ill-defined "Socialism of the 21st Century" by a wide margin and are tired of political polarization, according to local polls. ¶17. (C) Nevertheless, Chavez right now appears to be squarely in the driver's seat. He has recouped personal popularity and survived tough economic times before, including during the 2002-2003 national strike. Moreover, the Venezuelan president has carefully taken the necessary steps to eliminate any real political challenger, and the opposition has yet to present a concrete, attractive alternative to Chavismo. He also fully controls the legislature and judiciary, and with parliamentary elections at least 18 months away, Chavez has plenty of time to develop the legal framework to try to stay in power for as long as he wishes. CAULFIELD
CONFIDENTIAL: KUALALUMPUR805, PM ABDULLAH’S POSITION ERODED AFTER TUMULTUOUS WEEK
VZCZCXRO1603OO RUEHCHI RUEHDT RUEHHM RUEHNHDE RUEHKL #0805/01 2561233ZNY CCCCC ZZHO 121233Z SEP 08FM AMEMBASSY KUALA LUMPURTO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 1639INFO RUCNASE/ASEAN MEMBER COLLECTIVE PRIORITYRHHMUNA/CDR USPACOM HONOLULU HI PRIORITYRHEHNSC/NSC WASHDC PRIORITY C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 03 KUALA LUMPUR 000805 SIPDIS FOR EAP/MTS E.O. 12958: DECL: 09/12/2018 TAGS: PGOV KDEM MARR MYSUBJECT: PM ABDULLAH'S POSITION ERODED AFTER TUMULTUOUS WEEK REF: KUALA LUMPUR 787 Classified By: Political Section Chief Mark D. Clark for reasons 1.4 (b and d). SUMMARY ------- ¶1. (C) Prime Minister Abdullah Badawi has seen his political position eroded during a tumultuous week of mounting challenges from within his United Malay National Organization (UMNO), his coalition partners, and the opposition. While struggling to regain cohesion within his National Front (BN) coalition in the face of inter-racial tensions, UMNO leaders have raised new questions over Abdullah's 2010 transition to his deputy Najib Tun Razak, creating fresh doubts that Abdullah can gain his party's reelection in December. Opposition leader Anwar Ibrahim dispatched his lieutenants to Taiwan with the avowed aim to complete talks with BN members of Parliament who would crossover to bring down Abdullah's government. At the same time, the Opposition alliance stated the September 16 deadline to topple the government could slip. The chief of the armed forces clarified that the military would remain apolitical, but could be called out via proper legal channels to assist with internal security. Abdullah emerged from an UMNO meeting to state that the government could use the Internal Security Act (ISA), and its detention without trial provisions, to preserve internal security; on September 12 the government made good on this threat by detaining controversial blogger Raja Petra. End Summary. RACIST COMMENTS PROMPT UMNO LEADERS MEETING ------------------------------------------- ¶2. (SBU) To quell growing animosity and tension between UMNO and its ethnic Chinese partners in the National Front coalition resulting from caustic racist comments from Penang UMNO division leader Ahmad Ismail, PM Abdullah was forced to hold a meeting of the BN Supreme Council on September 9 and a gathering of the UMNO Supreme Council on September 10. The BN leaders referred the matter to UMNO to take action against its own member. After a three hour meeting, the UMNO Supreme Council decided to suspend Ahmad from the party for three years, stripping him of all of his official duties. Despite this ruling, Ahmad remained defiant and suggested his Penang division quickly would create a new role for him. Some of Abdullah's detractors in the party, like Selangor warlord Khir Toyo, came to Ahmad's defense. The Malaysian Chinese Association (MCA) and the Chinese-dominated Gerakan party voiced their appreciation for UMNO's decision, but also called for a stop to further racially incendiary remarks. 2010 TRANSITION UNRAVELING? --------------------------- ¶3. (C) As Abdullah and UMNO attempted to douse heated racial tensions that damaged the BN coalition, this week also witnessed the fraying of UMNO's acquiescence to Abdullah's plan to hand over power to DPM Najib in 2010. The most direct blow came from International Trade and Industry Minister Muhyiddin Yassin, an UMNO Vice President who is considered a potential candidate for Deputy Prime Minister should Abdullah step down. Muhyiddin stated on September 10 that Abdullah should resign well before the June 2010 transition date. Muhyiddin noted that the initial promise of this two-month old proposal, meant to assuage concerns about Abdullah's sagging popularity and party support, had now "sunk away". Reacting during a televised press encounter, Abdullah was visibly angered by Muhyiddin's comment. Abdullah questioned why Muhyiddin would challenge the transition plan when the UMNO Supreme Council had already approved the transition and its timing. On September 12, Deputy Prime Minister Najib Razak appeared to contradict Abdullah and shift his position away from Abdullah's deal, stating that delegates at the December UMNO party elections should approve the transition and its timetable. Other important UMNO leaders have revived their calls to eliminate high quotas for the number of nominations needed to contest leadership positions in the party polls, a system which now heavily favors Abdullah. MAHATHIR SEEKS RETURN TO UMNO ----------------------------- ¶4. (SBU) Complicating matters further for Abdullah, former PM and former UMNO President Mahathir, who quit UMNO on May 19 after expressing disgust with Abdullah's leadership, is considering returning to the party. A smiling UMNO Vice President Muhyiddin told reporters September 9 that Mahathir was persuaded by him, Tengku Razaleigh and several other veteran UMNO leaders at a private meeting at Mahathir's residence on September 6 to rejoin UMNO to help "fix the problems" afflicting the party. Foreign Minister and senior UMNO official Rais Yatim later joined other party leaders in welcoming Mahathir's proposed return to the fold. Mahathir reportedly is now backing his former nemesis, Tengku Razaleigh, to unseat Abdullah in the December UMNO party elections. Commenting tersely on the possible return of Mahathir, whose harsh criticisms of the Prime Minister continue unabated, Abdullah stated September 11 that the UMNO Supreme Council will decide on the issue as "this is a party matter." THE OPPOSITION ATTEMPTS TO COUNTER TAIWAN PLOY... --------------------------------------------- ---- ¶5. (SBU) Opposition leader Anwar Ibrahim meanwhile sought to keep the pressure on UMNO and BN by dispatching four senior officials from this Peoples Justice Party's (PKR) to Taiwan, supposedly to meet with BN MP's who may crossover to bring down Abdullah's government. BN had hastily arranged a "study tour" to Taiwan for BN members of Parliament, September 8-17, in what is widely viewed as a ploy to thwart September 16 crossovers. PKR said their officials would attempt to finalize the crossovers (the opposition requires 30 to claim the majority and topple Abdullah's government). OPPOSITION ADMITS SEPTEMBER 16 COULD SLIP ----------------------------------------- ¶6. (SBU) As PKR announced its officials were going to Taiwan to finalize crossovers, the opposition People's Alliance (Pakatan) also issued a statement suggesting that the September 16 deadline for toppling BN could slip. The three-party alliance of PKR, the Democratic Action Party (DAP) and the Islamic Party of Malaysia (PAS), in a September 11 release, explained that the September 16 deadline may have to be postponed due to the Taiwan trip by the BN MPs. However, the coalition expressed confidence that a change of federal government "would happen soon." Subsequently, BN officials announced that many of the MPs would be returning early from Taiwan, hinting that this should eliminate excuses for Anwar not meeting his September 16 deadline. ARMED FORCES TO STAY OUT OF POLITICS, BUT STILL ON CALL --------------------------------------------- ---------- ¶7. (SBU) Malaysian Armed Forces Chief General Abdul Aziz Zainal stated at a press conference September 11 that the armed forces have been and will remain apolitical. The General gave his assurance following questions and criticism from opposition and civil society quarters over his statement on September 9, urging the government to take stern action against anyone stoking racial sentiments in the country and thereby threatening national unity. "The armed forces are highly professional and apolitical", Abdul Aziz clarified on September 11, and would only get involved in internal matters if requested through the legal process by the authorities or police. He explained, "Our (the military's) secondary role is to support the police and government agencies in any form of operations where our presence is requested -- such as for internal security, humanitarian and disaster relief operations.8 General Abdul Aziz refused to comment when asked by reporters whether he would support a new government, adding "I do not know of any (impending) changes in government." ABDULLAH THREATENS USE OF THE INTERNAL SECURITY ACT --------------------------------------------- ------ ¶8. (SBU) PM Abdullah stated September 10, following the UMNO Supreme Council meeting, that he did not rule out the possibility of invoking the Internal Security Act (ISA), which allows detention without trial for those who threaten national security. He added that the Home Minister, who has the authority to approve ISA detentions, would "think twice or even three times" before deciding to take that step, but "if the minister thinks that it is an appropriate action to be taken, then he will take it." ¶9. (SBU) The Prime Minister said that in the September 10 Cabinet meeting, his Ministers expressed concern and described race relations in the country as showing "not so good signs," and that a number of sensitive issues which were not openly discussed before were being raised. Although the government has managed to control the situation thus far, he added that "we cannot allow a fiery situation to prevail as it could jeopardize the peace and security of our country." Responding to a question on whether the government would curtail freedom of speech in the country, the PM explained that there was no such thing as absolute freedom anywhere in the world, noting "People cannot just say whatever they like, in the name of free speech, to the extend that it can offend and hurt others and jeopardize security." MAKING GOOD ON THE THREAT ------------------------- ¶10. (SBU) Abdullah's government made good on the threat by arresting controversial blogger Raja Petra Kamaruddin at his home on September 12, using the ISA. Home Minister Syed Hamid confirmed to reporters that police had detained Raja Petra under the ISA provision for persons who pose threats to "security, peace and public order." Raja Petra has repeatedly enraged the BN government by, among other things, blunting attacking senior political leaders, connecting DPM Najib to a murder scandal, and condemning the sodomy allegations against Anwar. Raja Petra currently faces sedition and defamation charges. Septel provides more details of the arrest and provides suggested press guidance. COMMENT ------- ¶11. (C) Abdullah has endured a rough week, one that has eroded his political strength. The current tone of the direct and indirect challenges to his position are similar to those he faced in the first six weeks after the March 8 election debacle when his continuation in office was an open question. Two factors are increasing the pressure on Abdullah at this point. First, UMNO has become unnerved in the face of Anwar Ibrahim's threat to bring down the government this month, and the greater Anwar's menace, the more UMNO elites consider replacing Abdullah with a stronger figure. Second, the UMNO divisional elections, which select delegates to the December party polls, begin on October 9 almost immediately following the Muslim holidays at the end of the Muslim fasting month. Those leaders who wish to challenge Abdullah's reelection and his two-year transition to Najib must stake out their positions now and maneuver for support, or the opportunity quickly will be lost. KEITH
TOP-SECRET: The Glasnost tours – Breaking Down Soviet Military Secrecy
Bernd PulchA Soviet cruise missile warhead photographed on the glasnost tour July 5, 1989 aboard the Slava, a Soviet warship [Photo courtesy Thomas Cochran, Natural Resources Defense Council]Washington, D.C., July 27th, 2011 – Previously unpublished documents from inside the Kremlin shed new light on how Soviet and American scientists breached the walls of Soviet military secrecy in the final years of the Cold War.
The documents and the book show how a progressive Soviet physicist, Yevgeny Velikhov, challenged the Soviet military and security system, throwing open the doors of glasnost with a series of unprecedented tours of top-secret weapons sites. Velikhov took American scientists, experts and journalists on these tours just as Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev was accelerating his drive to slow the arms race.
These glasnost tours punctured some of the myths and legends of both sides. They showed that the Reagan administration had exaggerated Soviet capabilities and also that the Soviet military machine was not as technologically advanced as had been thought.
The book is based in part on thousands of pages of documents obtained by Hoffman detailing key decisions about the Soviet military-industrial complex and arms control in the 1980s. The documents were collected by Vitaly Katayev, a professional staff member of the Central Committee, and are now deposited at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. The book is also based on extensive documentation of the final years of the Cold War in the collection of the National Security Archive.
Glasnost Tour No. 1: Semipalatinsk, 1986
In his first year in power, 1985, Gorbachev imposed a unilateral moratorium on Soviet nuclear tests, but Reagan refused to go along, citing doubts about verification. By the spring of 1986, Gorbachev was under pressure to resume testing. Velikhov backed the moratorium, and arranged to bring a team led by Thomas Cochran of the Natural Resources Defense Council to the closed Soviet testing site at Semipalatinsk. The goal was to help demonstrate the feasibility of seismic verification, thus supporting the rationale for the testing moratorium.
Velikhov pushed hard to persuade Gorbachev and the military to allow the experiment. The military was strongly against it.
The team began to set up the first station on July 9. It was an amazing moment, a toe into a closed zone, accomplished by an environmental group, not by the United States government. And it demonstrated that scientists could, on their own, break through the Cold War secrecy and mistrust.
Document 1 and Document 2 – This is the Central Committee’s formal instruction giving permission for the experiment, and ordering the propaganda department to exploit it. Also, the agreement between Velikhov and Cochran which, to satisfy the military, stipulated that the monitors would be turned off if testing resumed.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Velikhov Request to the Central Committee, 1987
In Washington, both the Defense Department under Caspar Weinberger, and the CIA under William Casey, were deeply skeptical of Gorbachev. The Pentagon published a glossy annual booklet, Soviet Military Power, a propaganda piece designed to help boost congressional support for Reagan’s military spending. The fourth edition, published in April, 1985, contained the claim that the Soviets had “two ground-based lasers that are capable of attacking satellites in various orbits.” Deputy CIA Director Robert Gates renewed the allegations in a speech in San Francisco in November, 1986.
Document 3 – In Soviet Military Power, the Pentagon included an artists’ conception, a black-and-white pencil sketch, showing what purported to be the Saryshagan proving ground. A building with a dome on top was shown firing a white laser beam into the heavens.
[Source: Soviet Military Power, 1985]In fact, the long, expensive search to build laser weapons against targets in space had, up to this point, totally fizzled. The Soviets had not given up hope, but the glossy Pentagon booklet took old failures and hyped them into new threats.
Document 4 – In this memo, dated February 7, 1987, Velikhov writes to the Central Committee defense department proposing to challenge the misleading American statements about Soviet laser weapons. Velikhov suggested: what if Gorbachev himself announced at an upcoming conference that the Soviet Union would open up the top secret test facility at Sary Shagan that was so often at the center of American propaganda? What if the Americans were invited to see for themselves that Gates and Soviet Military Power were wrong?
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Document 5 – This document is the Central Committee staff report on Velikhov’s idea, which immediately commanded the attention of top security and defense officials, including Lev Zaikov, the Politburo member for the military-industrial complex; Chief of the General Staff Sergei Akhromeyev; and the head of the KGB, Viktor Chebrikov. The staff report dumped cold water on Velikhov’s idea, saying the American visitors would quickly realize the Soviet equipment was really quite old. The only thing to hide at Sary Shagan was the painful truth: Soviet technology was way behind.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Document 6 – On February 12, 1987, the Central Committee answered Velikhov: Proposal rejected. No Americans could see the secret test range.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Glasnost Tour No. 2: The Krasnoyarsk Radar, 1987
With small steps, those around Gorbachev began slowly to reverse the secrecy and deceit so deeply woven into the hypermilitarized Soviet system. The new thinking—honest, but still cautious—was evident in the detailed reference papers that Vitaly Katayev prepared for his superiors in the Central Committee defense department. Katayev deputy head of the department.
Document 7 – This document is a December 24, 1986, memo by Katayev carefully dissecting the points in the speech by Gates, the deputy CIA director, in San Francisco the previous month. One of those points was the U.S. allegation that the Krasnoyarsk radar was a treaty violation. Katayev candidly acknowledges that the radar was a violation of the ABM treaty.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Document 8 – “The Krasnoyarsk Radar: Closing the Final Gap in Coverage for Ballistic Missile Early Warning,” CIA, Directorate of Intelligence, June 19, 1986, released in part. An internal CIA report at the time accurately reported the purpose of the radar (to close a gap in the early warning system) and the reason it was located in the wrong place (near transportation and to save money.) But this report was only declassified in 2000.
[Source: CIA, declassified]In early September, 1987, Velikhov struck another hammer blow against Soviet military secrecy. He won permission to take a group of members of Congress, Cochran, and some journalists to see the Krasnoyarsk radar. Velikhov was attempting exactly the kind of glasnost gamble the Central Committee had ruled against in February. What was most remarkable was that the congressmen got an eye-witness look at a top-secret site. The team took over 1,000 photographs and made an hour of video, and no one tried to interfere. Velikhov’s openness undercut both the American propaganda and the Soviet lie.
On October 23, 1987 Gorbachev told Secretary of State George Shultz that there would be a one-year moratorium on construction. Shultz replied that the United States would accept nothing short of dismantlement.
Document 9 – This memo, dated Nov. 21, 1987, signed by the “Big Five” ministers who handled Soviet military and arms control policy, suggests that Moscow should continue to attempt to press the United States for some concessions in exchange for action on the radar.
[Source: Katayev collection, Hoover Institution]
Velikhov’s campaign for openness paid one of its most surprising dividends in 1989 when the Soviet leadership finally admitted that the Krasnoyarsk radar was a violation of the ABM treaty. Shevardnadze made the acknowledgement in a speech to the Soviet legislature, saying, “It took some time for the leadership of the country to get acquainted with the whole truth and the history about the station.” This was a dubious claim, since Shevardnadze had signed the Big Five document two years before.
Glasnost tour No. 3 – Black Sea Experiment, and Sary Shagan, 1989
In July, 1989, Velikhov brought a group of American scientists, led by Cochran, to the Black Sea to conduct a verification experiment involving a Soviet cruise missile, armed with a nuclear warhead, on a Navy ship. It was rare for Americans to get so close to a Soviet warhead. The point was to determine if radiation detectors could spot the presence or absence of a nuclear warhead. Velikhov wanted to pierce the veil of secrecy, in hopes it would reduce the danger of the arms race.
On a sunny July 5, 1989, the Americans, joined by a group of Soviet scientists, lugged their radiation detectors aboard the Slava, a 610-foot Soviet cruiser at Yalta on the Black Sea. At that moment, the ship held a single SS-N-12 nuclear-armed cruise missile, NATO code-named “Sandbox,” stored in the forward, exterior, starboard launcher. The Soviets were so nervous about the visit that they had rehearsed it for weeks. They feared the Americans might learn too much about the design of the warhead. In one extraordinary glasnost moment, the hatch was opened and the Americans took photographs of the dark, menacing tip of the cruise missile, lurking just inside the cover.
No sooner were the scientists back in Moscow on July 7 than Velikhov bundled them off to the airport to see another secret installation. They flew 850 miles east to Chelyabinsk-40, near the town of Kyshtym, a nuclear complex built in Stalin’s day, where reactors had churned out plutonium for nuclear weapons. The complex was top-secret, but when Velikhov appeared at the gates, they swung open. The last stop on Velikhov’s glasnost tour was the most daring, the one he had first suggested to the Central Committee, and which they had rejected: the Sary Shagan laser test site. This was the facility that was subject of the ominous illustration in Soviet Military Power showing a beam shooting straight up into the heavens.
The Soviet leadership knew the claims were untrue, but had been embarrassed to admit it. Velikhov brought the Americans to see for themselves on July 8.
Frank Von Hippel, a physicist at Princeton University, quickly realized the U.S. claims had been vastly exaggerated. “It was sort of a relic,” he said of the lasers he saw there, which were the equivalent of industrial lasers, easily purchased in the West. There was no sign of the war machine the Reagan administration had conjured up. “These guys had been abandoned, a backwater of the military-industrial complex. It was from an earlier time. It was really pitiful.” The one “computer” consisted of transistor boards wired together — built before the personal computer. “They had been trying to see whether they could get a reflection off a satellite,” he recalled. “They never succeeded.”
CONFIDENTIAL: BULGARIA LOOKS TO U.S. FOR “PUSH” ON LIBYA
VZCZCXRO9414 OO RUEHTRO DE RUEHSF #0430 0821429 ZNY CCCCC ZZH O 231429Z MAR 06 FM AMEMBASSY SOFIA TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC IMMEDIATE 1654 INFO RUEHZL/EUROPEAN POLITICAL COLLECTIVE IMMEDIATE RUEHTRO/USLO TRIPOLI IMMEDIATE C O N F I D E N T I A L SOFIA 000430 SIPDIS SIPDIS E.O. 12958: DECL: 03/23/2011 TAGS: PGOV PHUM PREL LY BU SUBJECT: BULGARIA LOOKS TO U.S. FOR "PUSH" ON LIBYA REF: TRIPOLI 60 CLASSIFIED BY: AMBASSADOR JOHN BEYRLE, FOR REASONS 1.4 (B) AND (D). ¶1. (C) SUMMARY: IN A MARCH 23 MEETING WITH THE AMBASSADOR, FOREIGN MINISTER KALFIN EXPRESSED CONCERN THAT NEGOTIATIONS ON THE RELEASE OF BULGARIAN NURSES IN LIBYA WERE "GOING INTO SLEEP MODE" AND SUGGESTED THAT A HIGH-LEVEL PUSH FROM THE U.S. SIDE MIGHT BE THE BEST NEAR-TERM CHANCE OF GETTING TALKS BACK ON TRACK. END SUMMARY. ¶2. (C) KALFIN'S FRUSTRATION WAS BASED ON THE FACT THAT, DESPITE AGREEMENT FROM ALL SIDES ON A GENERAL FRAMEWORK FOR MOVING FORWARD, MOVEMENT TOWARD THE NURSES' EVENTUAL RELEASE IS STALLED DUE TO DELAYS IN THE SCHEDULING OF A NEW TRIAL AND LACK OF PROGRESS IN NEGOTIATIONS WITH THE VICTIMS' FAMILIES. KALFIN SAID HE UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS IS A "DIFFICULT TIME FOR QADHAFI" AND NOTED THAT RECENT EVENTS IN BENGHAZI HAVE SHOWN THAT THE LIBYAN LEADER "IS NOT MASTERING THE SITUATION." CITING THE LIBYAN COURT'S UPCOMING SUMMER RECESS, KALFIN EXPRESSED CONCERN THAT THE COURT'S FAILURE TO SET A DATE FOR THE NURSES' RETRIAL COULD CAUSE THE ENTIRE PROCESS TO STALL. ACCORDING TO A REPORT RECEIVED BY KALFIN ON MARCH 22, THE LIBYAN COURT IS CONSIDERING HOLDING THE NEW TRIAL IN BENGHAZI, RATHER THAN TRIPOLI AS REPORTED IN REFTEL. KALFIN FELT THAT A BENGHAZI TRIAL WOULD FURTHER COMPLICATE PROGRESS TOWARD A FAVORABLE RESOLUTION. ¶3. (C) WHEN ASKED BY THE AMBASSADOR WHETHER A NEW ROUND OF MULTILATERAL MEETINGS COULD HELP ADVANCE THE PROCESS, KALFIN WAS PESSIMISTIC, STATING THAT THERE WAS "NOTHING ELSE TO TALK ABOUT ON THE POLITICAL LEVEL." IN ORDER FOR MULTILATERAL MEETINGS TO SUCCEED, HE SAID, IT WOULD FIRST BE NECESSARY FOR THE LIBYAN SIDE TO PROPOSE A TRIAL DATE, A PLAN FOR THE FAMILIES, AND AN ULTIMATE DEADLINE FOR RETURN OF THE MEDICS. ¶4. (C) REFERRING TO RECENT TALKS WITH THE LIBYAN GOVERNMENT ON DEBT FORGIVENESS, KALFIN SAID THE GOB IS WILLING TO ACCEPT ANY LIBYAN PROPOSAL FOR REVALUATION OF THE DEBT -- "TO FIVE MILLION DOLLARS OR TO FIVE DOLLARS" -- AS LONG AS IT IS PART OF A FINAL SETTLEMENT. HOWEVER, THE BULGARIAN SIDE SEES LITTLE POINT IN NEGOTIATING A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH LIBYA ON DEBT REVALUATION WHILE THE FATE OF THE MEDICS REMAINS UNRESOLVED. ¶5. (C) KALFIN EMPHASIZED THE GOB'S ATTEMPTS TO EXERCISE PUBLIC RESTRAINT ON THE ISSUE IN ORDER TO ENCOURAGE A PRODUCTIVE ATMOSPHERE FOR NEGOTIATIONS. HE SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED THAT BULGARIA HAD STOPPED THE COUNCIL OF EUROPE FROM ISSUING A RESOLUTION ON THE ISSUE ON THREE SEPARATE OCCASIONS, BUT HE NOTED THAT SUCH A POSITION WAS NOT SUSTAINABLE INDEFINITELY. KALFIN ALSO GAVE A READOUT OF PRESIDENT PURVANOVS MARCH 1 PHONE CONVERSATION WITH QADHAFI, STATING THAT IT WAS BROADLY POSITIVE, IF NOT PARTICULARLY SUBSTANTIVE. ACCORDING TO KALFIN, QADHAFI WAS ENGAGED AND APPEARED WELL-INFORMED ON RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE CASE, HOWEVER, "YOU NEVER KNOW WITH QADHAFI." ¶6. (C) COMMENT: IN KALFIN'S WORDS: "IF THERE IS ONE THING THAT INFLUENCES THE LIBYAN POLICY, IT IS THE U.S. POSITION." THE BULGARIANS CONTINUE TO SEE WASHINGTON AS THE MOST INFLUENTIAL INTERNATIONAL PARTY TO THE ONGOING TALKS WITH LIBYA, AND WANT US TO USE OUR INFLUENCE TO KEEP THINGS MOVING. WE BELIEVE THE PREREQUISITES FOR A MULTILATERAL MEETING OUTLINED BY KALFIN IN PARA. 3 ABOVE ARE A BIT STRICT (SURELY THERE CAN BE A MEETING IN ADVANCE OF SETTING A DEADLINE) BUT WOULD WELCOME VIEWS FROM USLO AND WASHINGTON ON NEXT STEPS. END COMMENT. BEYRLE
TOP-SECRET: Cracking open the Soviet biological weapons system
Washington, D.C., July 26th 2011 – Internal documents reveal that in the final years of the Cold War the top leadership of the Soviet Union debated the cover-up of their illicit biological weapons program in the face of protests from the United States and Great Britain.
The documents, first disclosed in a new book by David E. Hoffman, The Dead Hand: The Untold Story of the Cold War Arms Race and Its Dangerous Legacy, are being posted in English translation today by the National Security Archive.
The records, along with other evidence reported in the book, show how the Kremlin rebuffed the protests from the West over the massive germ warfare effort. Even after a top Soviet scientist defected to Britain in 1989 and began to reveal details of the program, the Soviet officials decided to continue the concealment. The Soviet program was a violation of the 1972 Biological and Toxin Weapons Convention, which Moscow had signed.
The documents show that Eduard Shevardnadze, the foreign minister, Dmitri Yazov, the defense minister, and Lev Zaikov, the Politburo member overseeing the military-industrial complex, among others, were aware of the concealment and actively involved in discussing it in the years when Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev was advancing his glasnost reforms and attempting to slow the nuclear arms race.
Zaikov reported to Gorbachev about biological weapons in a key memo on May 15, 1990. A translation of the memo is included in the documents being posted today.
The book, The Dead Hand: The Untold Story of the Cold War Arms Race and Its Dangerous Legacy, examines the final years of the superpower competition and explores what happened to the weapons and the weapons scientists after the Soviet collapse. The book was awarded the 2010 Pulitzer Prize for general non-fiction.
The book is based in part on thousands of pages of documents obtained by Hoffman detailing key decisions about the Soviet military-industrial complex and arms control in the 1980s. The documents were collected by Vitaly Katayev, a professional staff member of the Central Committee, and are now deposited at the Hoover Institution at Stanford University. The book is also based on extensive documentation of the final years of the Cold War in the collection of the National Security Archive.
The germ warfare system – a Kremlin struggle, 1989-1990
An anthrax epidemic in the city of Sverdlovsk in 1979 raised suspicions in the West that the Soviet Union was working on offensive biological weapons, in violation of the treaty. Just upwind from the affected neighborhood was a military biological weapons facility. Soviet officials had repeatedly insisted that the Sverdlovsk outbreak had natural causes, such as tainted meat. The true reasons for the outbreak remained hidden.
Starting in the mid-1970s, the Soviet Union had built a massive research organization for biological weapons, known as Biopreparat, which was concealed by a cover story that it was for civilian purposes.
In late October, 1989, Vladimir Pasechnik, one of the leading institute directors in the system, defected to Great Britain. He began to describe to the British the enormous scope and ambition of the Biopreparat system, which included developing new genetically-engineered pathogens. His revelations were quietly shared with the United States as well.
The Berlin Wall fell November 9, and on December 2-3, President Bush met Gorbachev at the Malta summit. There were many pressing issues, including the future of Germany and Gorbachev’s waning power at home. Bush did not discuss with Gorbachev the disturbing reports about a Soviet biological weapons program.
At the same time, Soviet officials realized that Pasechnik could unmask many of their secrets, and they began to steel themselves for questions. Weeks after the Malta summit, a conflict broke out among Soviet officials about how much to say to the West about the Sverdlovsk anthrax outbreak.
Document 1 – A reference note, or spravka, on the reasons for the Sverdlovsk outbreak. This draft internal memorandum, dated Dec. 19, 1989, notes the persistent questions from abroad and at home about Sverdlovsk. The memo says there was a high-level discussion about how to respond, and the decision was made to keep up the cover story that the anthrax outbreak had natural causes. However, the memo hints at the possibility that the military compound was linked to the outbreak.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]On January 5, 1990, the Soviet Foreign Ministry, under Shevardnadze, made a very modest effort to bring some more openness to the issue. The ministry circulated a draft Central Committee resolution to 15 people. The ministry proposed telling the West that the Sverdlovsk accident was under investigation and suggested exchanging some information with the United States about this and other questions surrounding biological weapons.
Document 2 – Ministry of Defense strongly objects. In this January 10, 1990 memo Defense Minister Dmitri Yazov objects to the Foreign Ministry’s proposals for more openness about Sverdlovsk and biological weapons. Yazov says there was no accident at the military compound and there should be no exchange with the Americans, because this would contradict all the Soviet claims that it never had biological weapons.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Document 3 – Foreign Ministry retreats. In this memo, dated January 11, 1990, Viktor Karpov, a deputy Foreign Minister, pulls back, saying that the language in the resolution was “unfortunate ambiguous wording.” It is stricken from the resolution.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]Document 4 – Central Committee staffers comment. An excerpt from a memo in which two Central Committee staffers, one of whom is Katayev, comment that Karpov should not have circulated the draft resolution and claim that he had “no right to disclose” information about biological weapons.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]The United States and Great Britain, now in possession of Pasechnik’s disclosures, quietly confronted the Soviets. On May 14, 1990, the British and American ambassadors in Moscow, Sir Rodric Braithwaite and Jack F. Matlock Jr., delivered a joint démarche, or formal protest. Among others, they took it to Alexander Bessmertnykh, Shevardnadze’s First Deputy.
Document 5 – The Bessmertnykh notes. These are the detailed notes made by Bessmertnykh about the U.S.-British demarche. The two ambassadors said that they had information the Soviet Union had a large-scale, secret program in the field of biological weapons.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]The demarche got the Kremlin’s attention. The next day, May 15, 1990, Lev Zaikov, the Politburo member for the military-industrial complex, sent a typewritten letter to Gorbachev and Shevardnadze. Although Gorbachev’s role in the biological weapons program is not clear up to this point, the Zaikov letter shows that he was informed of some details on this date.
Document 6 – The Zaikov letter to Gorbachev. In this important memo, which he wrote at Gorbachev’s request, Zaikov puts a very selective spin on the history and activities of the Soviet germ warfare program. It is evident from the letter that Soviet officials lied not only to the world, but to each other, including the president of the country.
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]For more analysis of the letter, see The Dead Hand, pp. 346-348.
Two days later, U.S. Secretary of State James A. Baker III was invited to join Shevardnadze on a sightseeing trip to Zagorsk, a town forty-three miles northeast of the Kremlin with a famous Russian Orthodox monastery. Baker had prepared a short paper outlining what the United States knew.
As they cruised to Zagorsk in Shevardnadze’s ZIL limousine, flying Soviet and American flags on the front, with no aides but two interpreters in the car, Baker raised the issue of biological weapons and handed the paper to Shevardnadze. Baker recalled that Shevardnadze said, in the present tense, “he didn’t think it could be so, but he would check it out.”
The issue of biological weapons came up again at the Washington summit. On Saturday, June 2, 1990, President Bush and Gorbachev had a private discussion about it at Camp David.
And in July 1990, Baker gave Shevardnadze yet another paper outlining American concerns about biological weapons.
Shevardnadze was scheduled to meet Baker in August at Lake Baikal. On July 27 and again on July 30, 1990, a group of officials gathered at Zaikov’s office in Moscow to draft the talking points that Shevardnadze would use to respond to Baker.
Document 7 and Document 8: Shevardnadze’s talking points for Baker on Aug. 1, 1990. Shevardnadze essentially continues the cover-up. He says, “We have no biological weapons.” Document 7 is a draft, and Document 8 consists of Shevardnadze’s actual talking points. In his memoirs, Shevardnadze alluded to this moment: “If anything, Jim could have had some doubts about my honesty, in connection with an unpleasant story I do not intend to tell here.” He added, “Lying is always unproductive.”
[Source: Hoover Institution Library and Archives, Katayev collection]The Shevardnadze response was followed by a long negotiation which resulted in the first U.K.-U.S. visits to the Soviet biological weapons complex in January, 1991. But the Western experts who visited came away with even deeper suspicions that a massive germ warfare program existed.
The stonewalling would continue even after the demise of the Soviet Union in December 1991.
For more, see The Dead Hand.
CONFIDENTIAL: BULGARIA RECOVERS FROM NURSES’ RETURN
VZCZCXRO5998 RR RUEHTRO DE RUEHSF #0981 2211411 ZNR UUUUU ZZH R 091411Z AUG 07 FM AMEMBASSY SOFIA TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC 4127 INFO RUEHTRO/AMEMBASSY TRIPOLI RUEHFR/AMEMBASSY PARIS 0265 UNCLAS SOFIA 000981 SIPDIS SIPDIS E.O. 12958: N/A TAGS: PGOV PREL LY BU SUBJECT: BULGARIA RECOVERS FROM NURSES' RETURN Ref: Sofia 924 ¶1. On August 2, the GOB approved forgiving USD 56.635 million of communist-era debt owed by Libya. This debt forgiveness was Bulgaria's contribution to the deal brokered by the EU for Libya to release five Bulgarian nurses and a Palestinian doctor. Whatever else may be murky in the deal, Bulgaria's debt forgiveness is both public and completed. ¶2. Since the nurses' July 24 return home, Bulgarian government and society have been working to reintegrate them into a country that has substantially changed over eight years. The Palestinian doctor, who announced he wishes to remain in Bulgaria, has also been warmly welcomed. After their return the nurses spent two weeks at the government's VIP residential compound outside Sofia. The GOB promised to find all the medics jobs, and a number of hospitals have offered positions. The GOB gave each medic 10,000 leva (USD 7,000), is covering their medical bills (two of the nurses needed unspecified surgery), and covered pension and medical insurance payments for the past eight years. Phone company MTEL is providing each with an apartment and cell phone, a local newspaper owner gave each another 10,000 leva, and a local construction company is renovating one nurse's rural house. Two nurses have been provided with hotel rooms in Bulgaria's premier ski resort as they readjust to life in Bulgaria. Sofia's mayor offered to pay for language classes and to help the Palestinian doctor settle in Sofia. ¶3. Although a few groups complained the nurses were getting more than ordinary citizens facing economic problems, the aftermath of the medics' return has seen surprisingly little rancor and recrimination. Bulgaria has, for the most part, moved on. When one nurse's son demanded 100,000 euros from the GOB as compensation for its failure to free the medics, the medics themselves announced they had no claim on the government. Most Bulgarian press, always eager to jump at a scandal, have stated the GOB did what it could. The only scandals have been minor blips in the press, caused by France's Avocats sans Frontieres (ASF). International press quoted ASF lawyer Stephane Zerbib as claiming the medics were being held prisoner in the presidential residence and would seek political asylum in France. Another ASF lawyer, Emmanuel Altit, reportedly arrived in Sofia shortly after the medics and tried to persuade them to sue the GOB. The medics deny any intent to seek asylum abroad or sue the GOB. The Palestinian doctor is apparently seeking to take Libya to court on torture charges, but this is unlikely to be a hot button issue here. ¶4. All in all, jubilation at the nurses' return has segued to near matter-of-fact normalcy. If the nurses speak out about their experience, that could change. For now, the mood is one of relief and recuperation. KARAGIANNIS
CONFIDENTIAL – KUALALUMPUR765, ANWAR SWORN IN AT PARLIAMENT
VZCZCXRO0460 PP RUEHCHI RUEHDT RUEHHM RUEHNH DE RUEHKL #0765/01 2410943 ZNY CCCCC ZZH P 280943Z AUG 08 FM AMEMBASSY KUALA LUMPUR TO RUEHC/SECSTATE WASHDC PRIORITY 1550 INFO RUCNASE/ASEAN MEMBER COLLECTIVE RUEHBJ/AMEMBASSY BEIJING 2489 RUEHKO/AMEMBASSY TOKYO 2564 RHHMUNA/USCINCPAC HONOLULU HI RHEHNSC/NSC WASHDC C O N F I D E N T I A L SECTION 01 OF 02 KUALA LUMPUR 000765 SIPDIS DEPT FOR EAP/MTS E.O. 12958: DECL: 08/28/2018 TAGS: PGOV PHUM PINR KDEM MY SUBJECT: ANWAR SWORN IN AT PARLIAMENT REF: A. KL 759 ANWAR WINS RESOUNDING VICTORY ¶B. KL 753 INDICATORS ALL POINT TO ANWAR VICTORY ¶C. KL 743 GOM PLAYING HARDBALL Classified By: ACTING POLITICAL SECTION CHIEF W. GARY GRAY, REASON 1.4 (B AND D). ¶1. (C) Summary. Anwar Ibrahim, still savoring his landslide by-election victory, was sworn into Parliament on August 28 after being officially confirmed as leader of the Pakatan Rakyat (PR) opposition alliance. His first intervention was to question the merits of the DNA identification bill which the ruling coalition planned to pass later that day. Some key Anwar aides seemed to be hedging on their leader,s stated pledge to oust the Government by September 16 and neutral observers were even more skeptical, but most agreed that Anwar is now enjoying a surge of momentum. A suddenly more assertive mainstream media is portraying the BN as mired in old thinking and old methods, in contrast to the more cutting edge tactics effectively employed by the opposition in Permatang Pauh. End Summary. ¶2. (C) Parliament was the center of attention on August 28 as Anwar Ibrahim, followed by a large media entourage, entered to be sworn in by Speaker Pandikar Amin Mulia at the beginning of the session. The Speaker also formally announced that the PR parties had unanimously selected Anwar as Opposition Leader in Parliament. Star newspaper chief editor Wong Chun Wai, (recalling a conversation with PM Abdullah a few days before) told Poloffs that PM Abdullah himself had overruled underlings who wanted to delay Anwar,s entry into Parliament and ordered that the newly-elected MP be sworn in as soon as possible. Anwar, again mobbed by reporters upon re-emerging from the chamber, chided the BN for spending "billions" in Permatang Pauh but failing to win over voters with its negative race-based campaign. Having harshly criticized the media over the past several weeks, Anwar told the assembled journalists that he knew "your hearts were in the right place even though you have to write what your bosses order." In that regard, state-owned RTM (Radio-Television Malaysia), which normally broadcasts the first 30 minutes of every Parliament session, began its coverage only after Anwar,s swearing in. ¶3. (C) The mainstream media, with the notable exception of Malay language publications, has exhibited uncharacteristic boldness in the wake of the by-election, with a number of articles sharply critical of the BN,s campaign in Permatang Pauh and expressing grudging admiration for the opposition alliance,s operation. Star editor Wong told us he had resisted pressure to downplay Anwar,s triumph and insisted on reporting it in banner headlines. Such openings have appeared in the past only to be slammed shut, and the GOM sent a message on August 27 by ordering all 21 Internet Service Providers (ISPs) in the country to block access to Rajah Petra,s controversial Malaysia Today website ((www.Malaysia-Today.net). The site remains accessible, however, through an alternate link. Raja Petra charged that the GOM had breached its own commitment not to censor the internet during the promotion of Malaysia,s own version of Silicon Valley, the Multimedia Super Corridor. ¶4. (C) While Anwar held court outside, in the chamber opposition MPs voiced their objections to the DNA identification bill, which Home Affairs Minister Syed Hamid was pushing to pass by the end of the day. Anwar himself returned to make his first intervention, questioning the Government,s motives for trying to rush through the bill, widely seen as targeted at Anwar's own ongoing sodomy case (Ref C). Opposition MPs acknowledged to us that they had no hope of delaying the legislation and expected it to pass, but as noted (Ref A), the bill must pass through the upper house, not scheduled to meet until December 1, before becoming law. ¶5. (C) Anwar,s Political Secretary Sim Tze Min and PKR electoral chief Saifuddin Nasution told Poloffs that the opposition plan to achieve a majority in Parliament by September 16 remains "on" but others, including PKR Vice President Azmin Ali were more cautious, noting "we,ll see." More detached observers remain highly skeptical of Anwar,s ability to meet his self-proclaimed deadline, but do not deny, given his present momentum, that the opposition leader could eventually prevail. Saiffudin maintained that Anwar is now clearly winning the electoral game, but what remains is winning over the critical institutions, especially the police and the military. He claimed, however, that compared to ten years ago, Anwar and the opposition are in far better shape in this regard to having, won over a number supporters within the various key state institutions. He acknowledged that the Police Special Branch was especially critical in this regard, expressing the hope that SB personnel, better than anyone else, knew which way the political winds were blowing and would want to emerge on the winning side or at least hedge their bets. ¶6. (C) Our PKR interlocutors continued to exhibit some nervousness about PAS's reliability as a coalition partner. While gratified with what they saw as a sterling PAS performance in supporting Anwar in Permatang Pauh, they worry that elements within PAS, especially its youth wing, will continue to issue extreme pronouncements that alienate other coalition partners. They also concede that any new balance of power resulting from MPs crossing over to Anwar,s side must include sufficient numbers of Malay/Muslims to avoid alienating PAS. In addition to the fragility of the PR, of course the next serious obstacle for Anwar is his upcoming sodomy trial. GOM sources continue to suggest that they have what they see as some sort of convincing evidence up their sleeve. This presumably would be revealed upon the beginning of the trial, the date of which will be determined when the court reconvenes on September 10. KEITH